AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 8, 1997

REGISTRATION NO. 333-11341


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

CERUS CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

      CALIFORNIA (PRIOR TO
         REINCORPORATION)
DELAWARE (AFTER REINCORPORATION)                  2836                             68-0262011
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF       (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
 INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)       CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)


2525 STANWELL DRIVE, SUITE 300
CONCORD, CA 94520
(510) 603-9071
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)

STEPHEN T. ISAACS
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
CERUS CORPORATION
2525 STANWELL DRIVE, SUITE 300
CONCORD, CA 94520
(510) 603-9071
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

COPIES TO:

        HOWARD G. ERVIN                                      DAVID J. SEGRE
       CYDNEY S. POSNER                            WILSON, SONSINI, GOODRICH & ROSATI,
      COOLEY GODWARD LLP                                PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
ONE MARITIME PLAZA, 20TH FLOOR                             650 PAGE MILL ROAD
    SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111                                PALO ALTO, CA 94304
        (415) 693-2000                                       (415) 493-9300


APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement number for the same offering. [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. [ ]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                                              PROPOSED MAXIMUM    AGGREGATE      AMOUNT OF
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF              AMOUNT TO BE   OFFERING PRICE     OFFERING      REGISTRATION
         SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED           REGISTERED(1)    PER SHARE(2)      PRICE(2)         FEE(3)


Common Shares, $.001 par value................ 2,300,000 shares      $16.00      $2,300,000       $697.00



(1) Includes 300,000 shares that the Underwriters have the option to purchase solely to cover over-allotments, if any.

(2) Represents the difference between $36,800,000, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price based on the proposed maximum price per share and number of shares indicated, and $34,500,000, the proposed maximum aggregate offering price indicated in the initial filing of the Registration Statement on September 4, 1996. Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) In connection with the initial filing of the Registration Statement on September 4, 1996 $11,897 was paid with respect to a proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $34,500,000. The additional amount of the registration fee has been calculated pursuant to Rule 457 with respect to the additional $2,300,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price.


THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION
8(A), MAY DETERMINE.



Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These securities may not be sold nor may offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes effective. This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

Issued January 8, 1997

2,000,000 Shares

CERUS

COMMON STOCK

ALL OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY CERUS CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY"). PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC

MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY. IT IS CURRENTLY ESTIMATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE PER SHARE WILL BE BETWEEN $14 AND $16.
SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE FACTORS CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE. APPLICATION HAS BEEN MADE FOR QUOTATION OF THE COMMON STOCK ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "CERS."


CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH THIS OFFERING, SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS, BAXTER HEALTHCARE CORPORATION ("BAXTER") HAS AGREED TO PURCHASE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK DIRECTLY FROM THE COMPANY IN A PRIVATE PLACEMENT AT A PRICE PER SHARE

EQUAL TO THE PRICE TO PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS FOR AN AGGREGATE PURCHASE PRICE OF APPROXIMATELY $6.9 MILLION (ASSUMING A TOTAL PRICE TO PUBLIC OF $30 MILLION) (THE "BAXTER PRIVATE PLACEMENT") PURSUANT TO AN EXISTING AGREEMENT WITH THE COMPANY. SEE "BUSINESS -- ALLIANCE WITH BAXTER."


THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON
PAGE 8.


THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

PRICE $ A SHARE

                                           UNDERWRITING
                          PRICE TO         DISCOUNTS AND        PROCEEDS TO
                           PUBLIC         COMMISSIONS(1)        COMPANY(2)
                       --------------   -------------------   ---------------
Per Share............         $                  $                   $
Total(3).............         $                  $                   $


(1) The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Before deducting expenses payable by the Company estimated at $1,000,000.

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days of the date hereof, to purchase up to an aggregate of 300,000 additional Shares at the price to public less underwriting discounts and commissions for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any. If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total price to public, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See "Underwriters."


The Shares are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and if accepted by the Underwriters named herein and subject to approval of certain legal matters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters. It is expected that the delivery of the Shares will be made on or about , 1997, at the office of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, New York, N.Y., against payment therefor in immediately available funds.


MORGAN STANLEY & CO.                                          ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                Incorporated                          Incorporated


            , 1997


Series of depictions of "Blood Collection, Processing and Transfusion" as follows:

1. Woman seated at computer terminal conducting interview of seated man. With caption "1. Donors are interviewed to assess risk for infections like HIV and hepatitis."

2. Man lying on a bed connected to a mechanism drawing blood from his arm. With caption "2. Blood is drawn from the donor in either of two ways: as whole blood (as depicted) or, alternatively, as specific components of blood (platelets, plasma or red cells) through a process called 'apheresis.'"

3. A dropper and four test tubes containing blood. With caption "3. Blood is tested. Blood centers routinely screen for HIV, hepatitis B and C, HTLV and syphilis. Units that test positive are discarded."

4. A centrifuge containing bags of blood. With caption "4. At the same time, blood is separated in a centrifuge into platelets, plasma and red cells."

5. Three blood bags containing plasma, red cells and platelets, respectively. Three blood bags, identified as the Platelet Pathogen Inactivation System, with the central bag depicted as being exposed to light. With caption "5. Platelets are treated to inactivate pathogens using a photoreactive compound and light. The Company is also developing pathogen inactivation systems for plasma and red cells."

6. Woman in a hospital bed receiving platelet transfusion. With caption "6. Treated platelets are transfused into the patient."

The Company's pathogen inactivation systems are in the early stages of development, and only certain of these products have been tested in humans. Therefore, they will require further development, as well as regulatory approval or clearance, before they can be marketed in the United States or internationally, which could take several years. There can be no assurance that such approval or clearance will be obtained.

IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL FOR SUCH PERSON TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
Prospectus Summary....................................................................    4
Risk Factors..........................................................................    8
Use Of Proceeds.......................................................................   18
Dividend Policy.......................................................................   18
Capitalization........................................................................   19
Dilution..............................................................................   20
Selected Financial Data...............................................................   21
Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of
  Operations..........................................................................   22
Business..............................................................................   26
Management............................................................................   48
Certain Transactions..................................................................   55
Principal Stockholders................................................................   57
Description Of Capital Stock..........................................................   59
Shares Eligible For Future Sale.......................................................   60
Underwriters..........................................................................   62
Legal Matters.........................................................................   63
Experts...............................................................................   63
Additional Information................................................................   64
Index To Financial Statements.........................................................  F-1


The Company intends to furnish its stockholders with annual reports containing audited financial statements examined by an independent public accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year containing interim unaudited financial information.

The Company's logo, Cerus Corporation(TM) and Cerus(TM) are trademarks of the Company. Trade names and trademarks of other companies appearing in this Prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

3

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and the financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except as set forth in the financial statements or as otherwise indicated herein, information in this Prospectus gives effect to (i) the anticipated reincorporation of the Company from California to Delaware to be effected prior to the effective date of this offering, (ii) the 1.47-for-one split of the outstanding Common Stock to be effected prior to the effective date of this offering, (iii) the conversion of each outstanding share of Preferred Stock into 1.47 shares of Common Stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering, and assumes the exercise of outstanding warrants, including the net exercise of certain of such warrants, to purchase 47,950 shares of capital stock (on an as-converted basis) (the "Warrant Exercise"), which warrants expire upon the closing of this offering, and assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters." This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

THE COMPANY

Cerus Corporation ("Cerus" or the "Company") is developing systems designed to improve the safety of blood transfusions by inactivating infectious pathogens in blood components used for transfusion (platelets, fresh frozen plasma ("FFP") and red blood cells) and inhibiting the leukocyte (white blood cell) activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions. Preclinical studies conducted by the Company have indicated the ability of these systems to inactivate a broad array of viral and bacterial pathogens that may be transmitted in blood component transfusions and to inhibit leukocyte activity. The Company believes that, as a result of the mechanism of action of its proprietary technology, its systems also have the potential to inactivate many new pathogens before they are identified and before tests have been developed to detect their presence in the blood supply. Because the Company's systems are being designed to inactivate rather than merely test for pathogens, the Company's systems also have the potential to reduce the risk of transmission of pathogens that would remain undetected by testing.

Despite recent improvements in testing and processing of blood, patients receiving transfusions of blood components face a number of significant risks from blood contaminants, as well as adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions induced by leukocytes. Viruses such as hepatitis B (HBV), hepatitis C (HCV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), cytomegalovirus (CMV) and human T-cell lymphotropic virus (HTLV) can present life-threatening risks. In addition, bacteria, the most common agents of transfusion-transmitted disease, can cause complications such as sepsis, which can result in serious illness or death. Although donor screening and diagnostic testing of donated blood have been successful in reducing the incidence of transmission of many pathogens, diagnostic testing has a number of limitations, such as the inability to detect pathogens prior to the generation of antibodies, ineffectiveness in detecting genetic variants of viruses, and the risk of human error. In addition, emerging or unidentified pathogens for which no tests exist also represent a threat to the blood supply. The continuing risk of transmission of serious diseases through transfusion of contaminated blood components from both known and unknown pathogens, together with the limitations of current approaches to providing a safe blood supply, have created the need for a new approach to blood-borne pathogen inactivation that is safe, easy to implement and cost-effective.

The Company is designing its pathogen inactivation systems to provide therapeutically functional platelets, FFP and red cells following the inactivation treatment process. Pathogen inactivation systems being developed by the Company employ proprietary small molecule compounds that act by preventing the replication of nucleic acid (DNA or RNA); platelets, FFP and red blood cells do not contain nuclear DNA or RNA. When the inactivation compounds are introduced into the blood components for treatment, they cross bacterial cell walls or viral membranes, then move into the interior of the nucleic acid structure. When subsequently activated by an energy source, such as light, these compounds bind to the nucleic acid of the viral or bacterial pathogen, preventing its replication. A virus, bacteria or other pathogenic cell must replicate in order to cause infection. The Company's compounds react in a similar manner with the nucleic acid in

4

leukocytes, thereby inhibiting the leukocyte activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions.

The Company is initially focusing its product development efforts on its platelet pathogen inactivation system. Platelet transfusions are used to prevent or control bleeding in platelet-deficient patients, such as those undergoing cancer chemotherapy or bone marrow transplant. The Company estimates the production of platelets in 1995 to have been 1.8 million transfusion units in North America, 1.4 million transfusion units in Western Europe and 800,000 transfusion units in Japan. The Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system applies a technology to prevent replication of nucleic acid that combines light and the Company's proprietary inactivation compound, S-59, which is a synthetic small molecule from a class of compounds known as psoralens. In September 1996, the Company completed a Phase 1b clinical trial to assess in healthy subjects the safety and tolerability of platelets treated with the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system. In November 1996, the Company completed a Phase 2a clinical trial to assess post-transfusion recovery and lifespan of platelets treated with the system, including a device designed to reduce the amount of residual S-59 and S-59 breakdown products. The Company plans to conduct a Phase 2b clinical trial to assess the combined effect of treatment with the platelet pathogen inactivation system and gamma irradiation on post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan. The Company has recently submitted to the FDA a preliminary protocol for a Phase 3 clinical trial to assess the therapeutic efficacy of treated platelets in patients requiring platelet transfusion. The Company intends to submit in the first quarter of 1997 a preliminary protocol for a Phase 3 clinical trial to ethical committees of institutions that would be conducting such trial in Europe. The Company currently anticipates that such trials will commence by mid-1997. For more information on the clinical development status of this planned product, see "Business -- Products Under Development -- Platelet Program -- Development Status."

The Company is also developing pathogen inactivation systems for use with FFP, which is used to control bleeding, and red blood cells, which are frequently administered to patients with anemia, trauma, surgical bleeding or genetic disorders. The Company estimates the production of FFP and red blood cells in 1995 to have been 3.3 million and 13.7 million transfusion units, respectively, in North America, 4.1 million and 14.3 million transfusion units, respectively, in Western Europe and 2.0 million and 3.0 million transfusion units, respectively, in Japan. The Company's FFP pathogen inactivation system is being designed to employ the S-59 compound and other technology similar to that used in the platelet pathogen inactivation system. The Company intends to submit an investigational new drug application to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration to commence Phase 1 clinical trials for its FFP pathogen inactivation system in early 1997. The red cell pathogen inactivation system being designed by the Company is based on the Company's proprietary S-303 compound, which can bind to nucleic acid in a manner similar to that of S-59, but without the need for the introduction of light.

The Company has entered into two development and commercialization agreements with Baxter to develop, manufacture and market pathogen inactivation systems for platelets, FFP and red blood cells. The agreements provide for Baxter and the Company to share development expenses. Through December 31, 1996, Baxter has invested $7.0 million in the capital stock of the Company and has paid the Company up-front license fees and milestone and development payments totaling $13.7 million under these agreements. These agreements provide for Baxter's exclusive right and responsibility to market the systems worldwide and for the Company to receive a share of the gross profits from the sale of the systems.

5

THE OFFERING

Common Stock offered...........................   2,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
  offering.....................................   8,885,878 shares(1)
Use of proceeds................................   For research and development activities,
                                                  including continuing clinical trials,
                                                  general and administrative support, capital
                                                  expenditures, working capital and general
                                                  corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market symbol..................   CERS


(1) Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 1996. (Includes 496,878 shares to be issued in the Baxter Private Placement, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share.) Excludes, as of December 31, 1996, (i) 407,383 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options under the Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and 547,067 shares reserved for future issuance thereunder, (ii) 220,500 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan and (iii) 35,478 shares of Preferred Stock subject to outstanding warrants, which will convert into warrants to purchase 52,152 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. See "Management -- Equity Incentive Plans" and Note 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

6

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)

                                                                                              NINE MONTHS
                                                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,        ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -----------------------------   -----------------------
                                                         1993      1994       1995       1995         1996
                                                        -------   -------   ---------   -------   -------------
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenue...............................................  $   230   $ 4,796   $   6,799   $ 3,663     $   3,067
Operating expenses
  Research and development............................    2,485     5,680       8,125     6,550         8,920
  General and administrative..........................    1,210     1,194       1,517     1,048         1,620
                                                                                        --------
                                                                                              -
                                                        -------   -------     -------                 -------
Loss from operations..................................   (3,465)   (2,078)     (2,843)   (3,935)       (7,473)
Other income (expense), net...........................      (50)      278         483       343           356
                                                                                        --------
                                                                                              -
                                                        -------   -------     -------                 -------
Net loss..............................................   (3,515)   (1,800)     (2,360)   (3,592)       (7,117)
                                                        =======   =======     =======   =========     =======
Pro forma net loss per share(1).......................                         $(0.38)                 $(1.08)
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss per
  share(1)............................................                      6,233,242               6,581,628

                                                                          AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                 ------------------------------------------
                                                                  ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(2)     AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                 --------   ------------     --------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents......................................  $  9,476     $  9,671          $ 43,502
Working capital................................................     5,964        6,159            39,990
Total assets...................................................    11,769       11,964            45,795
Accumulated deficit............................................   (17,116)     (17,116)          (17,116)
Stockholders' equity...........................................     7,861        8,056            41,887


(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a description of the method used in computing the pro forma net loss per share.

(2) Gives effect to (i) the Warrant Exercise and (ii) the conversion of each outstanding share of Preferred Stock into 1.47 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering.

(3) As adjusted to reflect (i) the sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and receipt of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and
(ii) the Baxter Private Placement. See "Use of Proceeds."

The Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of California in September 1991 as Steritech, Inc. In September 1996, the Company's corporate name was changed to Cerus Corporation. The Company intends to reincorporate in Delaware prior to the closing of this offering. Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Prospectus to the "Company" or "Cerus" refer to Cerus Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and its predecessor in California. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 2525 Stanwell Drive, Suite 300, Concord, California 94520, and its telephone number is (510) 603-9071.

7

RISK FACTORS

This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this Prospectus. In evaluating the Company's business, prospective investors should carefully consider the following factors in addition to the other information presented in this Prospectus.

Early Stage of Product Development. The Company's pathogen inactivation systems are in the research and development stage and will require additional preclinical and clinical testing prior to submission of any regulatory application for commercial use. The Company currently does not expect to file a product approval application with the United States Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") or corresponding regulatory filings in Europe for its platelet pathogen inactivation system or for any of its other planned products prior to 1998. The estimated dates related to the Company's regulatory submissions set forth herein and elsewhere in this Prospectus are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that these regulatory submissions will not be delayed as a result of certain factors set forth in this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company's products are subject to the risks of failure inherent in the development of pharmaceutical, biological and medical device products and products based on new technologies. These risks include the possibility that the Company's approach to pathogen inactivation will not be safe or effective, that the Company's products will not be easy to use or cost-effective, that third parties will develop and market superior or equivalent products, that any or all of the Company's products will fail to receive any necessary regulatory approvals, that such products will be difficult or uneconomical to manufacture on a commercial scale, that proprietary rights of third parties will preclude the Company from marketing such products and that the Company's products will not achieve market acceptance. As a result of these risks, there can be no assurance that the Company's research and development activities will result in any commercially viable products. See "Business -- Products Under Development" and "-- Government Regulation."

Uncertainty Associated with Preclinical and Clinical Testing. The regulatory process includes preclinical and clinical testing of each product to establish its safety and efficacy, and may include post-marketing studies requiring expenditure of substantial resources. The results from preclinical studies and early clinical trials conducted by the Company may not be predictive of results obtained in later clinical trials, and there can be no assurance that clinical trials conducted by the Company will demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain the requisite approvals or that marketable products will result. The rate of completion of the Company's clinical trials may be delayed by many factors, including slower than anticipated patient enrollment or any other adverse event occurring during the clinical trials. Completion of testing, studies and trials may take several years, and the length of time generally varies substantially with the type, complexity, novelty and intended use of the product. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, delays or rejections may be encountered based upon many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of product development. The Company's products require significant additional research and development efforts. No assurance can be given that any of the Company's development programs will be successfully completed, that any further investigational new drug applications ("IND") will become effective or that additional clinical trials will be allowed by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, that clinical trials will commence as planned, that required United States or foreign regulatory approvals will be obtained on a timely basis, if at all, or that any products for which approval is obtained will be commercially successful. As a result of FDA reviews or complications that may arise in any phase of the clinical trial program, there can be no assurance that the proposed schedules for IND and clinical protocol submissions to the FDA, initiations of studies and completions of clinical trials can be maintained. Any delays in the Company's clinical trials or failures to obtain required regulatory approvals would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Products Under Development" and "-- Government Regulation."

No Assurance of Market Acceptance; Concentrated Market. The Company believes that market acceptance of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems will depend, in part, on the Company's ability to

8

provide acceptable evidence of the safety, efficacy and cost-effectiveness of its products, as well as the ability of blood centers to obtain FDA approval and adequate reimbursement for such products. The Company believes that market acceptance of its pathogen inactivation systems also will depend upon the extent to which physicians, patients and health care payors perceive that the benefits of using blood components treated with the Company's systems justify the systems' additional costs and processing requirements in a blood supply that has become safer in recent years. While the Company believes that its pathogen inactivation systems are able to inactivate pathogens up to concentrations that the Company believes are present in contaminated blood components when the blood is donated, there can be no assurance that contamination will never exceed such concentrations. The Company does not expect that its planned products will be able to inactivate all known and unknown infectious pathogens, and there can be no assurance that the inability to inactivate certain pathogens will not affect the market acceptance of its products. There can be no assurance that the Company's pathogen inactivation systems will gain any significant degree of market acceptance among blood centers, physicians, patients and health care payors, even if clinical trials demonstrate safety and efficacy and necessary regulatory approvals and health care reimbursement approvals are obtained.

The Company's target customers are the limited number of national and regional blood centers, which collect, store and distribute blood and blood components. In the United States, the American Red Cross collects and distributes approximately 42% of the nation's supply of blood and blood components. Other major United States blood centers include the New York Blood Center and United Blood Services, each of which distributes approximately 6% of the nation's supply of blood and blood components. In Western Europe and Japan, various national blood transfusion services or Red Cross organizations collect, store and distribute virtually all of their respective nations' blood and blood components supply. As a result, the failure to penetrate even a small number of these customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Marketing, Sales and Distribution."

Reliance on Baxter. Under the terms of the Company's agreements with Baxter, the Company relies on Baxter for significant funding, product development support, the manufacture and supply of certain system components and the marketing of its planned products. The Company anticipates that, prior to commencement of product sales, if any, the Company's principal source of revenue will be payments under its development and commercialization agreements with Baxter. See "Business -- Alliance with Baxter."

The Baxter agreements provide for joint development by Baxter and the Company of pathogen inactivation systems that include the Company's proprietary compounds and processes and Baxter's blood collection, processing and storage technology, as well as the instrument technology of each party. The development programs under the Baxter agreements may be terminated by Baxter on 90 days' notice. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter's product development efforts were unsuccessful, the Company may need to obtain additional funding from other sources and would be required to devote additional resources to the development of its products, delaying the development of its products. Any such delay would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that disputes will not arise in the future with respect to the Baxter agreements. Possible disagreements between Baxter and the Company could lead to delays in the research, development or commercialization of certain planned products or could require or result in time-consuming and expensive litigation or arbitration and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Under the terms of the Baxter agreements, Baxter is responsible for manufacturing the disposable units, such as blood storage containers and related tubing, as well as any devices associated with the inactivation processes. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter otherwise failed to deliver an adequate supply of components, the Company would be required to identify other third-party component manufacturers. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to identify such manufacturers on a timely basis or enter into contracts with such manufacturers on reasonable terms, if at all. Any delay in the availability of devices or disposables from Baxter could adversely affect the timely submission of products for regulatory approval or the market introduction and subsequent sales of such products and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the inclusion of components manufactured by others could require the Company to seek new approvals from

9

government regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in product delivery. There can be no assurance that the Company would receive any such required regulatory approvals. Any such delay would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing and Supply."

If appropriate regulatory approvals are received, Baxter will be responsible for the marketing, sales and distribution of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems for blood components worldwide. The Company does not currently maintain, nor does it intend to develop, its own marketing and sales organization but instead expects to rely on Baxter to market and sell its pathogen inactivation systems. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its relationship with Baxter or that such marketing arrangements will result in payments to the Company. Revenues to be received by the Company through any marketing and sales arrangement with Baxter will be dependent on Baxter's efforts, and there can be no assurance that the Company will benefit from Baxter's present or future market presence or that such efforts will otherwise be successful. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter's marketing efforts were unsuccessful, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Marketing, Sales and Distribution."

There can be no assurance that Baxter will not elect to pursue alternative technologies or product strategies for FFP and/or red blood cell pathogen inactivation systems, or that its corporate interests and plans will remain consistent with those of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement covering the development of pathogen inactivation systems for FFP and red blood cells, Baxter has reserved the right to market competing products not within the field of psoralen or Anchor-Linker-Effector ("ALE") inactivation. The Company is aware that Baxter is developing an alternative pathogen inactivation system for FFP based on a compound known as methylene blue. Other companies are currently marketing methylene blue-based pathogen inactivation systems for FFP in Europe. The development and commercialization of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems could be materially adversely affected by competition with Baxter or by Baxter's election to pursue alternative strategies or technologies in lieu of those of the Company. See "Business -- Competition."

Government Regulation. All of the Company's products under development and anticipated future products are or will be subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the federal government, principally the FDA, and state, local and foreign governments. Such regulations govern, among other things, the development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, pre-market clearance or approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of such products. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals or clearances is generally lengthy, expensive and uncertain. To date, none of the Company's products has been approved for sale in the United States or any foreign market. Satisfaction of pre-market approval or clearance or other regulatory requirements of the FDA, or similar requirements of foreign regulatory agencies, typically takes several years, and may take longer, depending upon the type, complexity, novelty and intended purpose of the product. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any other regulatory agency will grant approval or clearance for any product being developed by the Company on a timely basis, if at all. The Company believes that, in deciding whether a pathogen inactivation system is safe and effective, the FDA is likely to take into account whether it adversely affects the therapeutic efficacy of blood components as compared to the therapeutic efficacy of blood components not treated with the system, and that the FDA will weigh the system's safety and other risks against the benefits of using the system in a blood supply that has become safer in recent years.

The Company's clinical development plan assumes that only data from in vitro studies, not from human clinical studies, will be required to demonstrate the system's efficacy in inactivating pathogens and that human clinical studies will instead focus on demonstrating therapeutic efficacy, safety and tolerability of blood components treated with the system. Although the Company has had discussions with the FDA concerning the Company's proposed clinical plan, there can be no assurance that these means of demonstrating safety and efficacy will ultimately be acceptable to the FDA or that the FDA will continue to believe that this clinical plan is appropriate. Moreover, even if the FDA considers these means of demonstrating safety and efficacy to be acceptable in principle, there can be no assurance that the FDA will find the data submitted sufficient to demonstrate safety and efficacy. In particular, there can be no assurance that the FDA will consider in vitro data an appropriate means of demonstrating efficacy of pathogen inactivation, and any requirement to provide

10

other than in vitro data would adversely affect the timing and could affect the success of the Company's efforts to obtain regulatory approval.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval may impose limitations on the indicated uses for which a product may be marketed. For example, the Company does not believe that it will be able to make any labeling claims that the Company's pathogen inactivation systems may inactivate any pathogens for which it does not have in vitro data supporting such claims. Further, even if regulatory approval is obtained, later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product, including withdrawal of the product from the market. The policies of the FDA and foreign regulatory bodies may change, and additional regulations may be promulgated, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval of the Company's planned products. Delay in obtaining or failure to obtain regulatory approvals could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Among the conditions for FDA approval of a pharmaceutical, biologic or device is the requirement that the manufacturer's quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to current Good Manufacturing Practices ("cGMP"), which must be followed at all times. The FDA enforces cGMP requirements through periodic inspections. There can be no assurance that the FDA will determine that the facilities and manufacturing procedures of Baxter or any other third-party manufacturer of the Company's planned products will conform to cGMP requirements. See "Business -- Manufacturing and Supply."

Blood centers and others that ship blood and blood products interstate will likely be required to obtain approved license supplements from the FDA before shipping products processed with the Company's pathogen inactivation systems. This requirement and/or FDA delays in approving such supplements may deter some blood centers from using the Company's products, and blood centers that do submit supplements may face disapproval or delays in approval that could provide further disincentives to use the systems. The regulatory impact on potential customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, transfusion units of random donor platelets, which currently represent approximately one-half of the platelets transfused in the United States, contain platelets pooled from six different donors. The Phase 3 European clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets and pooled random donor platelets. The Phase 3 United States clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets, not pooled random donor platelets. In order to obtain FDA approval of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating pooled random donor platelets, the Company may be required by the FDA to conduct additional clinical studies.

In addition, because of the risk of bacterial growth, current FDA rules require that pooled platelets be transfused within four hours of pooling and, as a result, most pooling occurs at hospitals. However, the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system is being designed to be used at blood centers, not at hospitals, and requires a processing time of approximately eight hours. Therefore, in order for the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system to be effectively implemented and accepted at blood centers as planned, the FDA-imposed limit on the time between pooling and transfusion would need to be lengthened or eliminated for blood products treated with the Company's systems, which are being designed to inactivate bacteria that would otherwise contaminate pooled platelets. There can be no assurance, however, that the FDA will change this requirement and, if such a change is not made, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. See "Business -- Government Regulation."

Rapid Technological Change; Significant Competition. The biopharmaceutical field is characterized by rapid and significant technological change. Accordingly, the Company's success will depend in part on its ability to respond quickly to medical and technological changes through the development and introduction of new products. Product development involves a high degree of risk, and there can be no assurance that the Company's product development efforts will result in any commercially successful products. Technological developments may result in the Company's products becoming obsolete or non-competitive before the Company is able to generate any significant revenue. Any such occurrence would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

11

The Company expects to encounter competition in the sale of products it may develop. If regulatory approvals are received, the Company's products may compete with other approaches to blood safety currently in use, as well as with future products developed by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, hospital supply companies, national and regional blood centers, and certain governmental organizations and agencies. Many companies and organizations that may be competitors or potential competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company and may have greater experience in preclinical testing, human clinical trials and other regulatory approval procedures. The Company's ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on its ability to develop proprietary products, develop and maintain products that reach the market first, are technologically superior to and/or are of lower cost than other products on the market, attract and retain scientific personnel, obtain patent or other proprietary protection for its products and technologies, obtain required regulatory approvals, and manufacture, market and sell any product that it develops. In addition, other technologies or products may be developed that have an entirely different approach or means of accomplishing the intended purposes of the Company's products, or that might render the Company's technology and products uncompetitive or obsolete. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company's competitors will not obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that would limit the Company's ability to use the Company's technology or commercialize products that may be developed.

Several companies are developing technologies which are, or in the future may be, the basis for products that will directly compete with or reduce the market for the Company's pathogen inactivation systems. A number of companies are specifically focusing on alternative strategies for pathogen inactivation in various blood components, such as treatment of FFP with solvent-detergent or methylene blue. The Blood Products Advisory Committee, an advisory panel to the FDA, has recently unanimously recommended that solvent-detergent be approved for use in treating FFP. Although recommendations of advisory committees are not binding, unanimous recommendations are generally followed by the FDA. If approved by the FDA, there can be no assurance that the treatment of FFP by solvent-detergent will not become a widespread practice prior to any commercialization of the Company's FFP pathogen inactivation system. Under the terms of the agreement covering the development of pathogen inactivation systems for FFP and red blood cells, Baxter has reserved the right to market competing products not within the field of psoralen or ALE inactivation. The Company is aware that Baxter is developing an alternative pathogen inactivation system for FFP based on a compound known as methylene blue. Other companies are currently marketing methylene blue-based pathogen inactivation systems for FFP in Europe. Other groups are developing synthetic blood product substitutes or products to stimulate the growth of platelets. If any of these technologies is successfully developed, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Alliance with Baxter" and "-- Competition."

Dependence on Key Employees. The Company is highly dependent on the principal members of its management and scientific staff. The loss of the services of one or more of these employees could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company believes that its future success will depend in large part upon its ability to attract and retain highly skilled scientific and managerial personnel. Competition for such personnel is intense. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in attracting and retaining such personnel and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, a substantial portion of the stock options currently held by many of the Company's key employees are vested and may be fully vested over the next several years before the Company achieves significant revenues or profitability. The Company intends to grant additional options and provide other forms of incentive compensation to attract and retain such key personnel. See "Management."

Patent and License Uncertainties. The Company's success depends in part on its ability to obtain patents, to protect trade secrets, to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing on the proprietary rights of the Company. The Company's policy is to seek to protect its proprietary position by, among other methods, filing United States and foreign patent applications related to its proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of its business. Proprietary rights relating to the Company's planned and potential products will be protected from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that they are covered by valid and enforceable patents or

12

are effectively maintained as trade secrets. There can be no assurance that any patents owned by, or licensed to, the Company will afford protection against competitors or that any pending patent applications now or hereafter filed by, or licensed to, the Company will result in patents being issued. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect the Company's intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, their enforceability cannot be predicted with certainty. There can be no assurance that any of the Company's patents or patent applications, if issued, will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will provide proprietary protection or competitive advantages to the Company against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any technology developed by the Company. Because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any of the Company's products can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in existence for only a short period following commercialization, thus reducing any advantage of the patent, which could adversely affect the Company's ability to protect future product development and, consequently, its operating results and financial position.

Because patent applications in the United States are maintained in secrecy until patents issue and because publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lag behind actual discoveries, the Company cannot be certain that it was the first to make the inventions covered by each of its issued or pending patent applications or that it was the first to file patent applications for such inventions. There can be no assurance that the Company's planned or potential products will not be covered by third-party patents or other intellectual property rights, in which case continued development and marketing of such products would require a license under such patents or other intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that such required licenses will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, if at all. If the Company does not obtain such licenses, it could encounter delays in product introductions while it attempts to design around such patents, or could find that the development, manufacture or sale of products requiring such licenses is foreclosed. Litigation may be necessary to defend against or assert such claims of infringement, to enforce patents issued to the Company, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by the Company or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. In addition, interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to patent applications of the Company. Litigation or interference proceedings could result in substantial costs to and diversion of effort by the Company, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that these efforts by the Company would be successful.

The Company may rely, in certain circumstances, on trade secrets to protect its technology. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. The Company seeks to protect its proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements with its employees and certain contractors. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that the Company will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that the Company's trade secrets will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that the Company's employees or its consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for the Company, disputes may also arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

In August 1996, the Company received correspondence from Circadian Technologies, Inc., an Australian entity, alleging that unspecified trade secrets and know-how jointly owned by Circadian and the Auckland Division Cancer Society of New Zealand were, without the consent of Circadian, used in the development by the Cancer Society and the Company of unspecified compounds for the Company's red cell program. In subsequent correspondence, Circadian has indicated that it is seeking compensation in the form of royalties or a lump sum payment. Based on its investigation of the matter to date, the Company does not believe that the claims are meritorious. Any future litigation involving these allegations, however, would be subject to inherent uncertainties, especially in cases where complex technical issues are decided by a lay jury. There can be no assurance that, if a lawsuit were commenced, it would not be decided against the Company, which could have

13

a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Rights."

Limited Operating History; History of Losses and Expectation of Future Losses. The Company's net losses in fiscal years 1992, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and in the nine months ended September 30, 1996 were $2.3 million, $3.5 million, $1.8 million, $2.4 million and $7.1 million, respectively. As of September 30, 1996, the Company had an accumulated deficit of approximately $17.1 million. The Company has not received any revenues from product sales, and all revenues recognized by the Company to date have resulted from the Company's agreements with Baxter and federal research grants. All of the Company's planned pathogen inactivation systems are in the research and development stage. The Company will be required to conduct significant research, development, testing and regulatory compliance activities on these products that, together with anticipated general and administrative expenses, are expected to result in substantial losses at least through 1998. The estimates above and elsewhere in this Prospectus of the minimum period through which the Company expects to incur continuing losses are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that the Company will not incur substantial losses beyond such period as a result of certain factors set forth in this "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this Prospectus. The Company expects that the amount of such losses will fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of differences in the timing of expenses incurred and potential revenues from its agreements with Baxter, and such fluctuations may be significant. The Company's ability to achieve a profitable level of operations will depend on successfully completing development, obtaining regulatory approvals and achieving market acceptance of its pathogen inactivation systems. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve a profitable level of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

Reliance on Third-Party Manufacturing; Dependence on Key Suppliers. The Company has in the past utilized, and intends to continue to utilize, third parties to manufacture and supply the inactivation compounds for its systems and Baxter for other system components for use in clinical trials and for the potential commercialization of its products in development. The Company has no experience in manufacturing products for commercial purposes and does not have any manufacturing facilities. Consequently, the Company is dependent on contract manufacturers for the production of compounds and on Baxter for other system components for development and commercial purposes.

Under the Company's agreements with Baxter, the Company is responsible for supplying compounds to Baxter for inclusion in the pathogen inactivation systems. The Company has contracted with two manufacturing facilities that have provided sufficient amounts of S-59 to address the anticipated clinical trial requirements of both the platelet and FFP pathogen inactivation systems. Only one of the manufacturers is currently performing the complete synthesis of S-59. If such manufacturer is unable to continue to produce S-59 in commercial quantities, the Company could experience material delays and shortfalls in compound supply while the alternative manufacturer validated the complete process and increased its production capabilities or while the Company identified another manufacturer and such manufacturer prepared for production. There can be no assurance that the existing manufacturers or any new manufacturer will be able to provide commercial quantities of S-59 needed for the Company's pathogen inactivation systems in the future.

The Company has produced S-303 for use in its red cell pathogen inactivation system in only limited quantities for its research and preclinical development requirements. The Company has contracted with a manufacturing facility for the supply of S-303 for preclinical and clinical studies. No assurance can be given that this or any new manufacturer will be able to produce S-303 on a commercial scale or that the Company will be able to enter into arrangements for the commercial-scale manufacture of S-303 on reasonable terms, if at all.

In the event that the Company is unable to obtain or retain third-party manufacturing, it will not be able to commercialize its products as planned. The Company's dependence upon third parties, including Baxter, for the manufacture of critical portions of its pathogen inactivation systems may adversely affect the Company's operating margins and its ability to develop, deliver and sell products on a timely and competitive basis. Failure of any third-party manufacturer to deliver the required quantities of products on a timely basis and at

14

commercially reasonable prices would materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, inclusion of components manufactured by other third parties could require the Company to seek new approvals from government regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in product delivery. There can be no assurance that such approval would be obtained. In the event the Company undertakes to establish its own commercial manufacturing capabilities, it will require substantial additional funds, manufacturing facilities, equipment and personnel.

The Company purchases certain key components of its compounds from a limited number of suppliers. While the Company believes that there are alternative sources of supply for these components, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for any of the components in the Company's compounds, if required, may not be accomplished quickly and could involve significant additional costs. Any failure by the Company to obtain any of the components used to manufacture the Company's compounds from alternative suppliers, if required, could limit the Company's ability to manufacture its compounds and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business -- Manufacturing and Supply" and "-- Government Regulation."

Risk of Product Liability. The testing, marketing and sale of the Company's products will entail an inherent risk of product liability, and there can be no assurance that product liability claims will not be asserted against the Company. The Company intends to secure limited product liability insurance coverage prior to the commercial introduction of any product, but there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain product liability insurance on acceptable terms or that insurance subsequently obtained will provide adequate coverage against any or all potential claims. Any product liability claim against the Company, regardless of its merit or eventual outcome, could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

Environmental Regulation; Use of Hazardous Substances. The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and policies governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, air emission, effluent discharge, handling and disposal of certain materials, biological specimens and wastes. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with environmental and health and safety regulations in the future. The Company's research and development involves the controlled use of hazardous materials, including certain hazardous chemicals and radioactive materials. Although the Company believes that its safety procedures for handling and disposing of such materials comply with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be eliminated. In the event of such an accident, the Company could be held liable for any damages that result and any such liability could exceed the resources of the Company.

Uncertainty Regarding Health Care Reimbursement and Reform. The future revenues and profitability of biopharmaceutical and related companies as well as the availability of capital to such companies may be affected by the continuing efforts of the United States and foreign governments and third-party payors to contain or reduce costs of health care through various means. In the United States, given recent federal and state government initiatives directed at lowering the total cost of health care, it is likely that the U.S. Congress and state legislatures will continue to focus on health care reform and the cost of pharmaceuticals and on the reform of the Medicare and Medicaid systems. While the Company cannot predict whether any such legislative or regulatory proposals will be adopted, the announcement or adoption of such proposals could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company's ability to commercialize its products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which appropriate reimbursement levels for the cost of the products and related treatment of blood components are obtained from governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations ("HMOs"). Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. The trend toward managed health care in the United States and other countries and the concurrent growth of organizations such as HMOs, which could control or significantly influence the purchase of health care services and products, as well as legislative proposals to reform health care or reduce government insurance programs, may all result in lower prices for the Company's products. The cost containment measures that health care payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any health

15

care reform could materially adversely affect the Company's ability to operate profitably. See "Business -- Health Care Reimbursement and Reform."

Control by Existing Stockholders. Upon the closing of this offering and the Baxter Private Placement, the Company's present directors and executive officers and their respective affiliates will beneficially own approximately 29.5% of the outstanding Common Stock. In addition, Baxter will own approximately 14.0% of the outstanding Common Stock. As a result, these stockholders will be able to exercise significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. Such concentration of ownership may also have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of the Company. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Capital Stock -- Antitakeover Effects of Provisions of Charter Documents and Delaware Law."

Need for Additional Funds. Through December 31, 1996, Baxter has provided funding to the Company in the form of equity investments, research funding, license fees and milestone payments, aggregating approximately $20.7 million. The Company's cash requirements may vary materially from those now planned as a result of additional research and development, product testing results, regulatory requirements, competitive pressures and technological advances. In addition, the Company may require substantial funds for its long-term product development, marketing programs and operating expenses. There can be no assurance that any required funds will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. If additional funds are raised by issuing equity securities, substantial dilution to existing stockholders may result. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Sales of substantial numbers of shares of Common Stock in the public market following this offering could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. Upon the closing of this offering and the Baxter Private Placement, the Company will have outstanding an aggregate of 8,885,878 shares of Common Stock, based upon the number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 1996. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), unless such shares are held by "affiliates" of the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act ("Affiliates"), in which case they will be subject to the volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144. The remaining 6,885,878 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders (the "Restricted Shares") and the shares sold pursuant to the Baxter Private Placement are "restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144. Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. As a result of contractual restrictions and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows: (i) no Restricted Shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus, (ii) 5,892,000 Restricted Shares, 164,665 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options and 52,152 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding warrants will be eligible for sale upon expiration of certain lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus and (iii) the remainder of the Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective two-year holding periods. Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the holders (or their permitted transferees) of approximately 4,512,345 shares of Common Stock (plus 496,878 shares sold pursuant to the Baxter Private Placement), these holders are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

Effects of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions. The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Restated Certificate") authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to five million shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences and privileges, including voting rights, of those shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. The Restated Certificate and Bylaws, among other things, provide for a classified Board of Directors, require that stockholder actions occur at duly called meetings of the stockholders, limit who may call special meetings of stockholders, do not permit cumulative voting in the election of directors and require advance notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations. These provisions contained in the Company's charter documents and certain applicable provisions of Delaware law could serve to depress the

16

Company's stock price. In addition, these and other provisions could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company, discourage a hostile bid or delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition or tender offer in which the Company's stockholders could receive a premium for their shares, or a proxy contest for control of the Company or other change in the Company's management. See "Management" and "Description of Capital Stock."

Lack of Prior Public Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or be sustained. The initial public offering price for the Common Stock to be sold in this offering will be determined by agreement between the Company and the Underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade after the closing of this offering. The market price of the shares of Common Stock, like that of the common stock of many other companies in similar industries, is likely to be highly volatile. Factors such as the announcements of scientific achievements or new products by the Company or its competitors, governmental regulation, health care legislation, developments in patent or other proprietary rights of the Company or its competitors, including litigation, fluctuations in the Company's operating results and market conditions for health care stocks in general could have a significant impact on the future price of the Common Stock. In addition, the stock market has from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, which may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted following periods of volatility in the market price for a company's securities. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Underwriters."

Dilution. Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will suffer an immediate dilution in the net tangible book value per share. Such purchasers will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and warrants. Future capital funding transactions may also result in dilution to purchasers in this offering. See "Dilution."

17

USE OF PROCEEDS

The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share are estimated to be approximately $26.9 million (approximately $31.1 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. Pursuant to the Baxter Private Placement, the Company plans to sell directly to Baxter shares of its Common Stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $6.9 million pursuant to an existing agreement with the Company. Total net proceeds from this offering and the Baxter Private Placement are estimated to be approximately $33.8 million.

The Company expects to use approximately $15 million of the proceeds of this offering for research and development and funding of clinical trials in support of its pathogen inactivation systems, approximately $3 million for general and administrative expenses and approximately $2 million for capital expenditures. The Company intends to use the remaining proceeds for general corporate purposes, including the funding of working capital requirements. A portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or invest in complementary businesses or products or to obtain the right to use complementary technologies. There are no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies. The amounts and timing of the Company's actual expenditures for each purpose may vary significantly depending upon numerous factors, including the status of the Company's product development efforts, regulatory approvals, competition, marketing and sales activities and the market acceptance of any products introduced by the Company. Pending such uses, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.

DIVIDEND POLICY

The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends since its inception. The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to finance the growth and development of its business and does not intend to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Future dividends, if any, will be determined by the Board of Directors.

18

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of September 30, 1996 (i) on an actual basis, (ii) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Warrant Exercise, the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock and the authorization of 5,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock upon the closing of this offering, and (iii) as adjusted to give effect to the Baxter Private Placement and the sale of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company). This table should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                                                   AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                            --------------------------------------
                                                             ACTUAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                            --------     ---------     -----------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
Capital lease obligations, less current portion...........  $    107     $     107      $     107
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.001 par value; 3,199,942 shares
     authorized, 3,001,630 shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued
     and outstanding, pro forma and as adjusted(1)........         3            --             --
  Common Stock, $.001 par value, 4,681,833 shares
     authorized, 1,906,757 shares issued and outstanding,
     actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, 6,366,950
     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 50,000,000
     shares authorized, 8,863,828 shares issued and
     outstanding, as adjusted(1)..........................         2             6              9
Additional paid-in capital................................    25,425        25,619         59,447
Notes receivable from stockholders........................       (76)          (76)           (76)
Deferred compensation.....................................      (377)         (377)          (377)
Accumulated deficit.......................................   (17,116)      (17,116)       (17,116)
                                                              ------       -------        -------
     Total stockholders' equity...........................     7,861         8,056         41,887
                                                              ------       -------        -------
     Total capitalization.................................  $  7,968     $   8,163      $  41,994
                                                              ======       =======        =======


(1) Excludes as of September 30, 1996: (i) 423,595 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options under the Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and 552,887 shares reserved for future issuance thereunder, (ii) 220,500 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance under the Company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan and (iii) 35,478 shares of Preferred Stock subject to outstanding warrants, which will convert into warrants to purchase 52,152 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. See "Management -- Equity Incentive Plans" and Notes 4 and 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

19

DILUTION

The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of September 30, 1996 was approximately $8,056,000, or $1.27 per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of the Company's total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Warrant Exercise and the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. After giving effect to the Baxter Private Placement, the pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 1996 would have been $14,987,000 or approximately $2.18 per share. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 2,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses), the pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 1996 would have been $41,887,000, or approximately $4.73 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.55 per share to existing stockholders (including the Baxter Private Placement) and an immediate dilution of $10.27 per share to new investors of Common Stock in this offering, as illustrated by the following table:

Assumed initial public offering price per share.....................            $15.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offering...  $1.27
  Increase attributable to the Baxter Private Placement.............    .91
                                                                      ------
                                                                         --
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after Baxter Private
     Placement......................................................   2.18
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..................  $2.55
                                                                      ------
                                                                         --
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering......              4.73
                                                                                -------
                                                                                 -----
Dilution per share to new investors.................................            $10.27
                                                                                ============

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 1996 (after giving effect to the Warrant Exercise, the Baxter Private Placement and the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering), the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders (including Baxter) and by the new investors, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company, at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share:

                                SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                              ---------------------     -----------------------     AVERAGE PRICE
                               NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                              ---------     -------     -----------     -------     -------------
Existing stockholders.......  6,863,828       77.4%     $31,964,000       51.6%        $  4.66
New investors...............  2,000,000       22.6       30,000,000       48.4           15.00
                                -------      -----         --------      -----
          Total.............  8,863,828      100.0%      61,964,000      100.0%
                                =======      =====         ========      =====

The calculation of pro forma net tangible book value per share and the other above computations assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options to purchase 423,595 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.30 per share and warrants to purchase 35,478 shares of Preferred Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.56 per share, which will convert into warrants to purchase 52,152 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. If all such outstanding options and warrants were exercised for cash, the pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after the closing of this offering would be $4.61 per share. This represents an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $10.39 per share to new investors. See "Management -- Equity Incentive Plans" and Notes 4 and 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

20

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Company's Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere herein. The statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 are derived from financial statements of the Company that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, and are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statement of operations data for the period from September 19, 1991 (inception) through December 31, 1992 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 1992 and 1993 are derived from financial statements of the Company audited by Ernst & Young LLP that are not included herein. The statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 1996 are derived from unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, contain all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Company's operating results and financial position for such periods. The operating results for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any other interim period or the current or any future fiscal year.

                                               PERIOD FROM
                                              SEPTEMBER 19,
                                                  1991
                                               (INCEPTION)                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                 THROUGH        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              DECEMBER 31,    -----------------------------   -------------------
                                                 1992(1)       1993      1994       1995       1995       1996
                                              -------------   -------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenue...................................     $    --      $   230   $ 4,796   $   6,799   $ 3,663   $   3,067
  Operating expenses:
    Research and development................       1,479        2,485     5,680       8,125     6,550       8,920
    General and administrative..............         905        1,210     1,194       1,517     1,048       1,620
                                                 -------      -------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------
         Total operating expenses...........       2,384        3,695     6,874       9,642     7,598      10,540
                                                 -------      -------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------
  Loss from operations......................      (2,384)      (3,465)   (2,078)     (2,843)   (3,935)     (7,473)
  Other income (expense), net...............          61          (50)      278         483       343         356
                                                 -------      -------   -------   ---------   -------   ---------
  Net loss..................................     $(2,323)     $(3,515)  $(1,800)  $  (2,360)  $(3,592)  $  (7,117)
                                                 =======      =======   =======   =========   =======   =========
  Pro forma net loss per share(2)...........                                      $   (0.38)            $   (1.08)
Shares used in computing pro forma net loss
  per share(2)..............................                                      6,233,242             6,581,628

                                                           AS OF DECEMBER 31,                       AS OF
                                              ---------------------------------------------     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  1992         1993      1994       1995            1996
                                              -------------   -------   -------   ---------     -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................     $   225      $ 6,076   $ 7,802   $   9,659       $   9,476
  Working capital...........................          23        3,884     5,865       7,263           5,964
  Total assets..............................         821        6,807     9,684      11,349          11,769
  Capital lease obligations,
    less current portion....................          --           --        94          32             107
  Accumulated deficit.......................      (2,323)      (5,838)   (7,639)     (9,999)        (17,116)
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......         532         (516)    5,439       8,663           7,861


(1) The Company's financial data is not presented separately for 1991 as the Company did not commence operations until subsequent to December 31, 1991.

(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Financial Statements for a description of the method used in computing the pro forma net loss per share.

21

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of the financial condition and results of operations of the Company should be read in conjunction with the Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

Since its inception in 1991, Cerus has devoted substantially all of its efforts and resources to the research, development and clinical testing of techniques and systems for inactivating pathogens in transfusion blood components. The Company has been unprofitable since inception and, as of September 30, 1996, had an accumulated deficit of approximately $17.1 million. All of the Company's planned pathogen inactivation systems are in the research and development stage. The Company will be required to conduct significant research, development, testing and regulatory compliance activities on these products that, together with anticipated general and administrative expenses, are expected to result in substantial losses at least through 1998. The Company's ability to achieve a profitable level of operations will depend on successfully completing development, obtaining regulatory approvals and achieving market acceptance of its pathogen inactivation systems. There can be no assurance that the Company will ever achieve a profitable level of operations. To date, the Company's principal sources of capital have been private equity financings and funds provided by Baxter under development and commercialization agreements, as well as United States government grant funding, interest income and lease financings.

In December 1993, Cerus entered into a development and commercialization agreement with Baxter to develop a system for inactivation of pathogens in platelets used for transfusions. The agreement provides for Baxter to share costs associated with research and development, preclinical studies and clinical trials for the system. The agreement also provides for a sharing of revenues after each party is reimbursed its cost of goods above a specified level. Under this agreement, Baxter purchased 125,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (which will be converted into 183,750 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering) for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million and paid the Company up-front license fees and milestone and development payments totaling $5.2 million. The Company recognizes the license fees as revenue as subsequent milestones are achieved. Through September 30, 1996, approximately $2.0 million of the license fees have been recognized as revenue, and approximately $1.8 million in milestone payments have been received and recognized as revenue. In January and July 1995, Cerus received approximately $2.6 million from Baxter in connection with interim funding agreements related to the development of pathogen inactivation systems for FFP and red blood cells. In April 1996, Cerus entered into a second development and commercialization agreement with Baxter, principally focused on the FFP and red blood cell pathogen inactivation systems. Under this agreement, the Company and Baxter are to share gross profits from sales of inactivation system disposables, after deducting from such gross profits a specified percentage allocation to be retained by the marketing party for marketing and administration expenses. Under this agreement, Baxter purchased $6.0 million in Series E Preferred Stock of Cerus in April and July 1996. In addition, this agreement provides for Baxter to make three additional investments of $5 million each in the Common Stock of the Company, at 120% of the market price at the time of each investment, subject to the achievement of certain milestones. In January 1997, the Company and Baxter amended the Platelet Agreement to provide that the Company would receive an additional 2.2% of the shared revenue from the sale of the platelet pathogen inactivation systems in return for payment by the Company to Baxter of $5.5 million in 1997. See "Business -- Alliance with Baxter" and Notes 2 and 7 of Notes to Financial Statements.

To date, the Company has not received any revenues from product sales and it will not derive revenue from product sales unless and until one or more planned products receives regulatory approval and achieves market acceptance. The Company anticipates that its sources of revenue until product sales occur will be limited to payments under development and commercialization agreements with Baxter in the area of blood component pathogen inactivation, payments from the United States government under research grant

22

programs, payments from future collaboration agreements, if any, and interest income. Under the current agreements with Baxter, all research, development, preclinical and clinical costs of the pathogen inactivation projects are shared equally by Cerus and Baxter. Because more of such research and development is typically performed internally at Cerus than at Baxter and because Cerus is generally responsible for engaging third parties to perform certain aspects of these projects, Baxter typically has made periodic balancing payments to the Company. Through September 30, 1996, the Company had recognized approximately $12.6 million in revenue under its agreements with Baxter, including the license fee and milestone amounts described above, and approximately $2.3 million under United States government grants.

The Company's business is subject to significant risks, including, but not limited to, the risks inherent in its research and development efforts, including clinical trials, uncertainties associated both with obtaining and enforcing its patents and with the patent rights of others, the lengthy, expensive and uncertain process of seeking regulatory approvals, uncertainties regarding government reforms and of product pricing and reimbursement levels, technological change and competition, manufacturing uncertainties, and dependence on Baxter and other third parties. The Company's pathogen inactivation systems are in the research and development stage and will require additional preclinical and clinical testing prior to submission of any regulatory application for commercial use. The Company currently does not expect to file a product approval application with the FDA or corresponding regulatory filings in Europe for its platelet pathogen inactivation system or for any of its other planned products prior to 1998. No assurance can be given that any of the Company's development programs will be successfully completed, that any further IND application will become effective or that additional clinical trials will be allowed by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, that clinical trials will commence as planned, that required United States or foreign regulatory approvals will be obtained on a timely basis, if at all, or that any products for which approval is obtained will be commercially successful.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1996

Revenue. Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 was approximately $3.7 million as compared to approximately $3.1 million for the same period in 1996. Revenue from Baxter decreased by approximately $597,000 from approximately $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 to approximately to $2.5 million for the same period in 1996, primarily due to increased research and development spending by Baxter resulting in a reduced balancing payment to the Company. Grant revenue was generally unchanged from the nine months ended September 30, 1995 compared to the same period in 1996.

Research and Development Expenses. The Company's research and development expenses increased from approximately $6.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 to approximately $8.9 million for the same period in 1996. The increase is primarily attributable to costs associated with personnel increases and to increased third-party costs associated with preclinical studies and clinical trials for the platelet pathogen inactivation system. The Company anticipates that research and development expenses will increase in the future as it expands its pathogen inactivation system development efforts and related clinical trials.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses increased from approximately $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 to approximately $1.6 million for the same period in 1996. The increase is primarily the result of increased personnel costs, professional services and other costs incurred in connection with the April 1996 Baxter agreement, and general expenses in support of the Company's increased product development activities. The Company anticipates that general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as additional personnel are added to support its business operations.

Other Income (Expense), Net. Other income (expense), net, consists primarily of interest income on cash balances and interest expense associated with capital leases, both of which were at approximately the same level for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996.

23

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993, 1994 AND 1995

Revenue. Revenue earned under agreements with Baxter increased from $200,000 in 1993 to approximately $3.9 million in 1994 and to approximately $6.0 million in 1995. The increase in 1994 was primarily related to the commencement of the platelet program in late 1993 and includes approximately $3.9 million in license fees, milestone and development revenue. The increase in 1995 resulted primarily from revenue associated with the interim funding agreements for FFP and red blood cells. Government grant revenue increased from approximately $30,000 in 1993 to approximately $895,000 in 1994 as a result of activity under several grants transferred to Cerus and two grants awarded to Cerus during 1994. Grant revenue decreased to approximately $751,000 in 1995, primarily due to completion of funding under certain grants during the year. Revenues from the arrangements with Baxter, as a percentage of total revenues, were 87% in 1993, 81% in 1994 and 89% in 1995.

Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses increased from approximately $2.5 million in 1993 to approximately $5.7 million in 1994 and to approximately $8.1 million in 1995. The increase in 1994 was attributable primarily to increased activity on the platelet pathogen inactivation program. The increase in 1995 was due principally to toxicology studies, compound manufacturing development and initiation of clinical trials for the platelet program, as well as to increased spending devoted to the FFP and red blood cell programs. A significant portion of the increase was the result of increased payroll and other personnel expenses, related laboratory supplies, equipment and facilities expansion.

General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses were approximately $1.2 million in each of 1993 and 1994 and approximately $1.5 million in 1995. The increase in 1995 over 1994 and 1993 was primarily attributable to increased personnel levels associated with the expansion of the Company's operations.

Other Income (Expense), Net. Interest income was approximately $26,000 in 1993, approximately $321,000 in 1994 and approximately $500,000 in 1995. These increases were attributable primarily to increased average cash balances related to proceeds from the Company's financings and funding under the Baxter platelet agreement. Interest expense was approximately $76,000 in 1993, $43,000 in 1994 and $17,000 in 1995. Interest expense of approximately $76,000 in 1993 and approximately $33,000 in 1994 related to bridge financings from certain of the Company's stockholders. The remaining interest expense in 1994 and all interest expense in 1995 related to lease financings.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

From inception to September 30, 1996, Cerus has financed its operations primarily through private placements of preferred and common equity securities totaling approximately $24.8 million and project funding provided by Baxter totaling $13.7 million. During that period, the Company received approximately $2.3 million under United States government grants and approximately $1.2 million in interest income. At September 30, 1996, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of approximately $9.5 million.

In 1993, net cash provided by operating activities of approximately $1.7 million was the result of $5.2 million in license fees and milestone and development payments received from Baxter during the year, offset principally by a $3.5 million net loss for the year. Net cash used in operating activities for 1994, 1995 and the nine months ended September 30, 1996, was approximately $2.8 million, $3.4 million and $5.9 million, respectively, resulting primarily from net losses. From inception through September 30, 1996, net cash used in investing activities of approximately $1.5 million resulted from purchases of equipment and furniture and leasehold improvements.

At December 31, 1995, the Company's net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $7.2 million and $1.8 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The Company's federal research and development tax credit carryforwards were approximately $300,000 for federal income tax purposes at December 31, 1995. The federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire at various dates from 2007 to 2010. The California state net operating loss expires in 2000. The Tax Reform Act of 1986 and state tax statutes contain provisions relating to changes in ownership that may limit the utilization in any given year

24

of available net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits. See Note 5 of Notes to Financial Statements.

The Company's future capital requirements and the adequacy of its available funds will depend on many factors, including progress of the platelet program and the related clinical trials, progress of the FFP and red blood cell program, achievement of milestones leading to milestone payments and equity investments, regulatory approval and successful commercialization of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems, costs related to creating, maintaining and defending the Company's intellectual property position, and competitive developments. The Company believes that its available cash balances, together with the net proceeds of this offering and anticipated cash flows from existing Baxter and grant arrangements, will be sufficient to meet its capital requirements through 1999. This estimate of the period for which the Company expects its available cash balances, net proceeds and anticipated cash flows to be sufficient to meet its capital requirements is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to meet its capital requirements for this period as a result of certain factors set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. In the event that additional capital is required, the Company may seek to raise that capital through public or private equity or debt financings or through additional collaborative arrangements or government grants. Future capital funding transactions may result in dilution to purchasers in this offering. There can be no assurance that such capital will be available on favorable terms, if at all.

25

BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Cerus is developing systems designed to improve the safety of blood transfusions by inactivating infectious pathogens in blood components (platelets, FFP and red blood cells) used for transfusion and inhibiting the leukocyte activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions. Preclinical studies conducted by the Company have indicated the ability of these systems to inactivate a broad array of viral and bacterial pathogens that may be transmitted in blood component transfusions and to inhibit leukocyte activity. The Company believes that, as a result of the mechanism of action of its proprietary technology, its systems also have the potential to inactivate many new pathogens before they are identified and before tests have been developed to detect their presence in the blood supply. Because the Company's systems are being designed to inactivate rather than merely test for pathogens, the Company's systems also have the potential to reduce the risk of transmission of pathogens that would remain undetected by testing.

INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

Blood Supply Market. Blood transfusions are required to treat a variety of medical conditions, including anemia, low blood volume, surgical bleeding, trauma, acquired and congenital bleeding disorders and chemotherapy-induced blood deficiencies. Worldwide, over 90 million whole blood donations occur each year. Approximately 39 million of those donations occur in North America, Western Europe and Japan.

Whole blood is composed of plasma, the liquid portion of blood containing essential clotting proteins, and three cellular blood components: platelets, red blood cells and white blood cells (leukocytes). Platelets are cellular components essential to coagulation, while red blood cells carry oxygen to tissues and carbon dioxide to the lungs. Leukocytes play a critical role in immune and other defense systems in donors, but can cause harmful immune transfusion-related reactions in or transmit disease to recipients.

Blood collection centers periodically experience shortages of critical blood components due to temporary increases in demand, reduced donor availability during holiday periods and the limited shelf life of cellular blood components. To efficiently allocate the limited available blood supply and to optimize transfusion therapy, essentially all donated blood is separated into platelets, plasma and red cells. These blood components are obtained either by manually processing donor units of whole blood or by apheresis, a process in which specific blood components collected from a donor are retained for transfusion, while the other components are returned to the donor.

Patients requiring transfusions are typically treated with the specific blood component required for their particular deficiency, except in cases of rapid, massive blood loss, where whole blood may be transfused. Platelets are often used to treat cancer patients following chemotherapy or organ transplantation. Red cells are frequently administered to patients with trauma or surgical bleeding, acquired chronic anemia or genetic disorders, such as sickle cell anemia. FFP is generally used to control bleeding. Plasma can also be separated, or "fractionated," into different parts that are used to expand blood volume, fight infections or treat diseases such as hemophilia.

Blood Supply Contaminants. A primary goal of every blood collection center is to provide blood components for transfusion that are free of viruses, bacteria, protozoans and leukocytes. Despite recent improvements in testing and processing of blood, patients receiving transfusions of blood components face a number of significant risks from blood contaminants, as well as adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions induced by leukocytes. Viruses such as hepatitis B (HBV), hepatitis C (HCV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), cytomegalovirus (CMV) and human T-cell lymphotropic virus (HTLV) can present life-threatening risks. Bacteria, the most common agents of transfusion-transmitted disease, can cause sepsis, which can result in serious illness or death. Many other agents can transmit disease during transfusion, including the protozoans that cause malaria and Chagas' disease.

Infectious pathogens are not the only cause of adverse events arising out of the transfusion of blood components. Leukocytes present in a blood unit can multiply after transfusion, mounting an often fatal "graft-

26

versus-host" immune response against the recipient. Similarly, alloimmunization, an immune response that can develop from repeated exposure to transfused leukocytes, can significantly reduce the efficacy of subsequent transfusions as a result of the production of antibodies. Moreover, leukocytes themselves may harbor and transmit bacteria and infectious viruses, such as HIV, CMV and HTLV.

Emerging and unidentified pathogens also present a threat to the blood supply, a problem illustrated by the recent history of HIV. It is estimated that HIV was present in the blood supply for at least seven years before it was identified as the causative agent of AIDS and at least eight years before a test was commercially implemented to detect the presence of HIV antibodies in donated blood. During those years, many transfusion recipients were infected with the virus, including approximately 70% of patients with severe hemophilia.

The risk of transmission of any of these pathogens from an infected donor is compounded by a number of factors. If a unit of blood contains an infectious pathogen, dividing the blood into its components may expose three or more patients to the pathogen in that unit. Similarly, patient populations that require frequent transfusions, such as patients with cancer, suppressed immune systems, congenital anemias and kidney and liver disorders, experience a heightened risk of infection due to multiple exposures.

Current Approaches to Address Blood Supply Contamination. Public awareness in recent years of the significant rates of hepatitis and HIV transmission from blood transfusions has led to expanded efforts to improve the safety of the blood supply. For many years, the only approach available to reduce the risk of transmission of diseases was donor screening interviews. In addition to required donor screening, diagnostic tests have been developed to detect the presence of certain infectious pathogens known to be transmitted in blood. However, there remain a number of other blood-borne pathogens for which tests have not been routinely administered or even developed. The table below identifies the significant infectious pathogens known to be transmitted through transfusions of platelets, FFP and red cells:

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                 ROUTINELY SCREENED
                                                                                     FOR IN THE
                                                                                    UNITED STATES
FAMILY              INFECTIOUS PATHOGEN            DISEASE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Hepatitis viruses  HBV, HCV                       Hepatitis                             Yes
                    HGV                            Hepatitis                             No
 Retroviruses       HIV-1 and -2                   AIDS                                  Yes
                    HTLV-I and -II                 Malignant lymphoproliferative         Yes
                                                   disorders, neuropathy
 Herpes viruses     CMV                            CMV retinitis, hepatitis,             No
                                                   pneumonia
                    EBV                            Epstein-Barr Syndrome                 No
                    HHV-8                          Kaposi's Sarcoma                      No
 Parvoviruses       B19                            Aplastic anemia                       No
 Bacteria           Gram negative, gram positive   Sepsis                                No
                    Treponema pallidum             Syphilis                              Yes
                    Borrelia burgdorferi           Lyme disease                          No
 Protozoans         T. cruzi                       Chagas' disease                       No
                    B. microti                     Babesiosis                            No
                    L. donovani                    Leishmaniasis                         No
                    Plasmodium sp.                 Malaria                               No
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Although donor screening and diagnostic testing of donated blood have been successful in reducing the incidence of transmission of many of these known pathogens, testing has a number of limitations. As the preceding table indicates, tests are currently performed for only a limited number of blood-borne pathogens. Moreover, these tests occasionally fail, and human errors, such as mistesting or mislabeling, and other mistakes further expose patients to contaminated blood. All tests currently used in blood centers, with the exception of the recently developed p24 antigen test for HIV-1, are antibody tests, which are intended to detect antibodies directed against a pathogen, rather than to detect the pathogen itself. All of these tests can

27

fail if performed during the "infectivity window," that is, early in the course of an infection before antibodies or p24 antigen appear in detectable quantities. Similarly, tests for viral infection may be ineffective in detecting a genetic variant of the virus that the test was not developed to detect. For instance, certain strains of HIV, such as Subtype O, are sometimes not detected in the standard HIV tests. Finally, there are no current tests available to screen effectively for many emerging pathogens, and testing cannot be performed for pathogens that have yet to be identified. As a result of these limitations, a number of infectious pathogens still pass into the blood supply.

The risk of pathogen transmission can be significant when no diagnostic test to detect the blood-borne pathogen is available, such as in the case of emerging and unidentified pathogens. The risk associated with untested blood components is illustrated by the table below, which indicates the approximate risk (per transfusion unit) in the United States for transmission of HIV and HCV prior to and after the development of diagnostic tests.

                           PRE-TESTING    POST-TESTING
PATHOGEN      DISEASE         RISK            RISK
- --------     ----------    -----------    -------------
 HIV            AIDS       1 in 2,500     1 in 400,000
 HCV         Hepatitis      1 in 220       1 in 3,300

The risk of transmission of pathogens may vary greatly because of regional or demographic differences. For example, prior to the implementation of diagnostic testing, the risk of HIV in at least one metropolitan area was as high as one in 50 per transfusion unit. Furthermore, for patients who receive multiple blood transfusions, the risk of pathogen transmission increases approximately in proportion to the number of transfusion units received.

In addition, there are many known pathogens for which tests are not routinely performed. In the United States, tests are not routinely performed to detect bacteria (other than the bacterium that causes syphilis), although the risk of transmitting bacteria from a random donor is estimated to be one in 250. A typical pooled random donor therapeutic dose of platelets is provided by six random donors, with the risk of transmitting bacteria estimated to be one in 42. In a study conducted in Hong Kong of bone marrow transplant patients receiving repeated platelet transfusions, the incidence of symptomatic septicemia (a potentially fatal infection) was reported to be one in 16 patients.

In light of these continuing concerns, many patients have attempted to mitigate the risks of transfusion through "autologous donation," donation of their own blood for anticipated future use, or, where autologous donation is impracticable, through the designation of donors such as family members. Although autologous donations eliminate many risks, the blood collected is still subject to the risk of bacterial growth during storage and is rarely available in emergency situations. In addition, the statistical incidence of positive diagnostic test results from designated donor blood has been found to be as high as in random donor blood.

Blood centers and health care providers have initiated additional procedures in an effort to address pathogen transmission issues. For example, platelet apheresis is sometimes used to limit donor exposure from pooled, manually collected platelets. In addition, blood centers may quarantine single donor plasma apheresis units until after the infectivity window has elapsed, followed by confirmatory retesting of the donor, if the donor is available, to verify the safety of the donated plasma. However, quarantining plasma can be unwieldy, expensive and difficult to manage in inventory. Moreover, a quarantine cannot be used with platelets and red blood cells because these components have shelf lives that are shorter than the infectivity window related to antibody production. Although no commercial processes are currently available to eliminate pathogens in platelets and red cells, a number of pathogen inactivation methods are used commercially in Europe for FFP, including treatment with solvent-detergent and methylene blue. Both of these processes can result in degradation of plasma proteins. In addition, because the solvent-detergent process pools hundreds of units of plasma, the potential risk of transmitting pathogens not inactivated by the process, such as parvovirus B19, is increased. The Blood Products Advisory Committee has recently unanimously recommended that solvent-detergent be approved for use in treating FFP.

28

The current method used by blood centers to inactivate leukocytes utilizes gamma (x-ray) irradiation. This nonspecific method for inactivating leukocytes has a narrow window of efficacy: insufficient treatment can leave viable leukocytes in the blood, while excessive treatment can impair the therapeutic function of the desirable blood components being transfused. Leukocyte depletion by filtration decreases the concentration of leukocytes in transfusion units, but does not inactivate or completely eliminate leukocytes.

Economic Costs of Blood Supply Contamination. In economically developed countries, many of the tests and inactivation measures described above are mandated by regulatory agencies, resulting in a safer and more uniform blood supply, but also significantly increasing costs of processing and delivering blood products. In the United States, based on a study of eight hospitals and blood centers conducted in July 1996 on behalf of the Company (the "Cost Study"), the estimated base cost for a transfusion unit of apheresis platelets ranges from approximately $400 to $640 and for a transfusion unit of random donor platelets ranges from approximately $220 to $440. These estimates include donor screening and diagnostic tests, such as those for HIV, HTLV, HBV and HCV. The table below indicates, based on the Cost Study, the estimated range of costs to hospitals for the additional procedures for platelet transfusions described above for each of apheresis and random donor platelet transfusion units. The frequency of use and additional charge for each procedure vary widely.

                                                          ADDED COST PER
                                          ----------------------------------------------
                                                   APHERESIS              RANDOM DONOR
               PROCEDURE                       TRANSFUSION UNIT         TRANSFUSION UNIT
----------------------------------------  ---------------------------   ----------------
Gamma irradiation.......................           $ 5 to $55              $30 to $325
CMV testing.............................           $15 to $35              $90 to $210
Leukocyte filtration....................           $20 to $75              $20 to $ 75
Designated donor........................           $15 to $50                       --

The maximum aggregate estimated costs at each blood center in the study ranged from approximately $450 to $700 for each apheresis transfusion unit and from approximately $375 to $725 for each random donor transfusion unit (assuming performance of only those procedures that are performed at such center).

Moreover, the development and widespread use of testing for many unusual or low-incidence pathogens may not be cost-effective to undertake. For example, the development of tests to detect the presence of all forms of harmful bacteria would be extremely expensive. As a result, the only test regularly conducted to detect the presence of bacteria is the test for the bacterium that causes syphilis. With managed health care organizations and other third-party payors increasingly challenging the cost of medical services performed, these cost limitations may become more pronounced in the future.

The continuing risk of transmission of serious diseases through transfusion of contaminated blood components from both known and unknown pathogens, together with the limitations of current approaches to providing a safe blood supply, have created the need for a new approach to pathogen inactivation that is safe, easy to implement and cost-effective. To address this need, a successful approach should have broad application in the effective inactivation of clinically significant pathogens, whether or not currently identified, while providing therapeutically functional blood components.

THE CERUS SOLUTION

The Company is developing pathogen inactivation systems to improve the safety of blood transfusions. These systems employ the Company's proprietary small molecule compounds. Studies conducted by the Company have indicated the ability of these compounds to inactivate a broad array of viral and bacterial pathogens that may be transmitted in blood component transfusions. The Company believes that, as a result of the mechanism of action of its proprietary technology, its systems also have the potential to inactivate many new pathogens before they are identified and before tests are developed to detect their presence in the blood supply. Because the Company's systems are being designed to inactivate rather than merely test for pathogens, the Company's systems also have the potential to reduce the risk of transmission of pathogens that would remain undetected by testing.

29

The compounds synthesized by the Company act by preventing the replication of nucleic acid (DNA or RNA); platelets, FFP and red blood cells do not contain nuclear DNA or RNA. When the inactivation compounds are introduced into the blood components for treatment, they cross bacterial cell walls or viral membranes, then move into the interior of the nucleic acid structure. When subsequently activated by an energy source, such as light, the compounds bind to the nucleic acid of the viral or bacterial pathogen, preventing replication of the nucleic acid. A virus, bacteria or other pathogenic cell must replicate in order to cause infection. The Cerus compounds react in a similar manner with the nucleic acid in leukocytes. This interaction inhibits the leukocyte activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions. The Cerus compounds are being designed to react with nucleic acid only during the pathogen inactivation process and not after the treated blood component is transfused. The systems are also being designed to reduce the amount of unbound, or residual, inactivation compound and breakdown products of the inactivation process prior to transfusion.

The Company's pathogen inactivation systems are being designed to integrate into current blood collection, processing and storage procedures. Furthermore, the Company believes that the use of its pathogen inactivation products could, over time, lead to a reduction in the use of certain costly procedures that are currently employed in blood component transfusions, such as gamma irradiation, CMV testing and leukocyte filtration.

CERUS STRATEGY

The Company's objective is to become the global leader in the development and commercialization of systems to inactivate blood-borne pathogens in blood components used for transfusions. Key elements of the Company's strategy to achieve this objective are the following:

Establish Pathogen Inactivation Systems as the Standard of Care. Target customers for the Company's blood component treatment systems are the approximately 125 community blood center organizations collecting approximately 85% of blood in the United States and there is an even greater concentration among blood centers in foreign countries. To achieve its objective of establishing its systems as the standard of care, the Company has developed strong relationships with prominent transfusion medicine experts in a number of these centers as well as in the broader medical communities worldwide. The Company intends to work with these experts to identify specific needs in blood component treatment technology and to encourage support for the adoption of its pathogen inactivation systems as the standard of care.

Leverage Expertise and Core Technology. The Company is using its broad expertise in nucleic acid chemistry to develop proprietary compounds designed to inactivate infectious pathogens in blood components. The Company will initially seek to gain regulatory approval and commercialize its platelet pathogen inactivation system. The Company's strategy is to build on its core technology and experience gained in developing its platelet pathogen inactivation system to develop its FFP and red cell pathogen inactivation systems. The Company believes that, if regulatory approval of its products is obtained, market penetration achieved by its platelet product will facilitate the entry into the market of its FFP and red cell products. In addition, the Company believes that its platform technology has potential application in a number of health and research-related fields beyond the initial areas targeted by the Company.

Capitalize on Strategic Alliance with Baxter. The Company intends to capitalize on the manufacturing, marketing and distribution expertise and resources of Baxter. The Company believes that Baxter's established position as a manufacturer and leading supplier of devices, disposables and other products related to the transfusion of human blood products can provide the Company with access to an established marketing, sales and distribution network. The pathogen inactivation systems are being designed to integrate into Baxter's current product line and into current blood collection, processing and storage processes. In addition, the economic terms of the Baxter agreements enable the Company to limit its operating costs and capital expenditures, and thereby improve its operating margins.

Protect and Enhance Proprietary Position. The Company believes that the protection of its proprietary technologies is important to its business prospects and that its intellectual property position may create competitive barriers to entry into the blood component treatment market. The Company currently holds

30

issued and allowed patents covering a number of fundamental aspects of the Company's blood component treatment system technology. The Company intends to continue to pursue its patent filing strategy and to vigorously defend its intellectual property position against infringement.

PRODUCTS UNDER DEVELOPMENT

The Company is developing treatment systems to inactivate infectious pathogens in platelets, FFP and red cells and to inactivate leukocytes to reduce the risk of certain adverse transfusion-related reactions. The following table identifies the Company's product development programs:

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          CERUS PRODUCT
                    THERAPEUTIC           IN                INACTIVATION   DEVELOPMENT
PROGRAM             INDICATION            DEVELOPMENT         COMPOUND     STATUS(1)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Platelets          Surgery, cancer       Platelet              S-59       Phases 1a, 1b and 2a
                    chemotherapy,         Pathogen                         Clinical Trials completed;
                    transplantation,      Inactivation                     Phase 2b Clinical Trial
                    bleeding disorders    System                           anticipated to commence in
                                                                           the first quarter of 1997;
                                                                           Phase 3 Clinical Trials
                                                                           anticipated to commence in
                                                                           mid-1997
 Plasma (FFP)       Surgery,              FFP                   S-59       Preclinical Development;
                    transplantation,      Pathogen                         IND filing anticipated in
                    bleeding disorders    Inactivation                     early 1997
                                          System
 Red Cells          Surgery,              Red Cell ALE          S-303      Preclinical Development;
                    transplantation,      Pathogen                         lead compound selected
                    anemia, cancer        Inactivation
                    chemotherapy,         System
                    trauma
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Preclinical Development includes conducting in vitro pathogen inactivation testing and toxicology, formulation and stability testing prior to possible submission of an IND to the FDA and comparable submissions in Europe.

The Phase 1a Clinical Trial is a clinical trial to determine post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan of treated autologous platelets in 23 healthy human subjects.

The Phase 1b Clinical Trial is a clinical trial to determine the safety and tolerability of treated autologous platelets in 10 healthy human subjects.

The Phase 2a Clinical Trial is a clinical trial to determine the post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan of treated autologous platelets following SRD treatment in 16 healthy human subjects from the Phase 1a Clinical Trial.

The Phase 2b Clinical Trial is expected to be a clinical trial to determine the post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan of autologous platelets treated with the platelet pathogen inactivation system and gamma irradiation in healthy human subjects from the Phase 2a Clinical Trial.

The Phase 1a, Phase 1b and Phase 2a Clinical Trials were conducted pursuant to an IND submitted to the FDA. The Company anticipates that the data from the United States clinical trials will be used to support similar regulatory submissions in Europe.

The Phase 3 Clinical Trials are expected to be clinical trials to determine the therapeutic efficacy of treated apheresis platelets in approximately 160 patients in the United States and of pooled random donor and apheresis platelets in approximately 100 patients in Europe. The Company has recently submitted a preliminary protocol for such trial to the FDA and intends to submit in the first quarter of 1997 a protocol for such trial to the ethical committees of institutions that would be conducting such trial in Europe. The FDA is currently reviewing such protocol and there can be no assurance that it will concur with its design. The Phase 3 European clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets and pooled random donor platelets. The Phase 3 United States clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets, not pooled random donor platelets. In order to obtain FDA approval of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating pooled random donor platelets, the Company may be required by the FDA to conduct additional clinical studies.

31

The Company's current estimate of the commencement of various clinical trials and the planned submission time of regulatory filings included in this table and elsewhere in this Prospectus are forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The actual clinical trial and submission dates could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the Company's success in completing preclinical development and the preceding phases of clinical development and the other factors set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "-- Government Regulation."

PLATELET PROGRAM

Platelet Usage and Market. Platelets are cellular components of blood that are an essential part of the clotting mechanism. Platelets facilitate blood clotting and wound healing by adhering to damaged blood vessels and to other platelets. Platelet transfusions are used to prevent or control bleeding in platelet-deficient patients, such as those undergoing cancer chemotherapy or organ transplant.

The Company estimates the production of platelets in 1995 to have been 1.8 million transfusion units in North America, 1.4 million transfusion units in Western Europe and 800,000 transfusion units in Japan. A typical transfusion unit consists of platelets from either a single apheresis donor or six random whole blood donors. As indicated in the Cost Study, the estimated base cost of an apheresis transfusion unit of platelets ranges from approximately $400 to $640 and the base cost of a pooled random donor transfusion unit of platelets ranges from approximately $220 to $440. A principal motivation for platelet apheresis is to limit donor exposure from pooled, manually collected platelets. Platelet transfusions may also require one or more additional procedures with additional costs which are summarized in the table above relating to the Cost Study. The Company believes that its platelet pathogen inactivation system may reduce the need for many of these procedures and the motivation for single donor apheresis platelets.

Platelet Pathogen Inactivation System. The Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system applies a technology that combines light and the Company's proprietary inactivation compound, S-59, which is a synthetic small molecule from a class of compounds known as psoralens. S-59 was selected from over 100 psoralen derivatives synthesized by the Company, following preclinical studies conducted by the Company to assess safety and ability to inactivate pathogens and leukocytes while preserving platelet function.

When illuminated, S-59 undergoes a specific and irreversible chemical reaction with nucleic acid. This chemical reaction renders the genetic material of a broad array of pathogens incapable of replication. A virus, bacteria or other pathogenic cell must replicate in order to cause infection. A similar reaction with leukocyte nucleic acid inhibits the leukocyte activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions. Most of the S-59 is converted to breakdown products during and after the inactivation reaction. Studies conducted by the Company with preclinical models have indicated that, following transfusion, the unbound S-59 and its unbound breakdown products are rapidly metabolized and excreted. As a further safety measure, the system under development employs a removal process designed to reduce the amount of residual S-59 and breakdown products prior to transfusion (the S-59 reduction device or "SRD").

The Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system, developed with Baxter, has been designed for use in the blood center setting. The system consists of a disposable processing set, containing the S-59 compound and the SRD, and an illumination device to deliver light to trigger the inactivation reaction. The current configuration of the platelet photochemical treatment system under development involves the collection of the platelets, as normally performed, followed by transfer of the platelets to a disposable treatment container with the S-59 compound. The mixture of S-59 and platelets is then illuminated for approximately three minutes. The final step employs the SRD, a passive adsorption device, to reduce the amount of residual S-59 and S-59 breakdown products. Following the SRD treatment, which takes approximately eight hours, the platelets are transferred to the final storage container.

Development Status. Based on discussions with the FDA, the Company believes that it will be required to provide data from human clinical studies to demonstrate the safety of treated platelets and their therapeutic comparability to untreated platelets, but that only data from in vitro studies, not data from human clinical

32

studies, will be required to demonstrate the system's efficacy in inactivating pathogens. In light of these criteria, the Company's clinical trial program for platelets will consist of studies that differ from the usual Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 studies. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company's program for demonstrating safety and efficacy will ultimately be acceptable to the FDA or that the FDA will continue to believe that this clinical plan is appropriate. Moreover, even if the FDA considers these means of demonstrating safety and efficacy to be acceptable in principle, there can be no assurance that the FDA will find the data submitted sufficient to demonstrate safety and efficacy. In particular, although the Company anticipates that the FDA will consider in vitro data an appropriate means of demonstrating efficacy in pathogen inactivation, there can be no assurance that the FDA will so conclude, and any requirement to provide other than in vitro data would adversely affect the timing and could affect the success of the Company's efforts to obtain regulatory approval. See "-- Government Regulation."

In vitro studies conducted by the Company have indicated the efficacy of the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system for the inactivation of a broad array of viral pathogens (cell-free HIV, cell-associated HIV, proviral HIV, human CMV and model viruses for human HBV and HCV) and bacterial pathogens (six gram-positive strains and seven gram-negative strains) up to concentrations that the Company believes are present in contaminated platelets when the blood is donated. There can be no assurance that contamination will never exceed such concentrations. Similar in vitro studies have indicated inhibition of leukocyte activity. In addition, two in vivo murine studies conducted by the Company have indicated that use of the platelet pathogen inactivation system prevented graft-versus-host disease in an established preclinical model. Because of the mechanism of action of its platelet pathogen inactivation system, the Company believes that its platelet system may also inactivate protozoans in platelets. Psoralens other than S-59 have been shown to inactivate protozoans in cell culture media. However, to date the Company has conducted no studies on protozoans with S-59 in platelets, and there can be no assurance that the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system would effectively inactivate protozoans.

Human clinical trials of the platelet pathogen inactivation system are currently being pursued by the Company. Baxter is the sponsor of such trials. Based upon the assumptions discussed above, the Company currently plans to conduct clinical trials for the platelet pathogen inactivation system in the phases described below.

The Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system contains three new components not previously tested in humans: the inactivation compound S-59, a synthetic platelet additive solution (PAS III) and the SRD. In the initial Phase 1a trial, the Company compared platelets treated with the pathogen inactivation system (without the SRD) with non-photochemically treated platelets suspended in the new PAS III solution and stored in the new PL 2410 plastic container developed by Baxter, rather than with standard platelets prepared in plasma and stored in a currently approved container.

The Phase 1a trial, completed in March 1996, consisted of a single blind, randomized, crossover study in 23 healthy volunteer subjects divided between two sites. The study compared the post-transfusion recovery (the proportion of transfused platelets circulating in the first hours after transfusion) and lifespan (the length of time the transfused platelets circulate in the recipient's bloodstream) of a small volume (10 ml) of five-day-old treated and untreated platelets. Under current FDA regulations, platelets may not be stored for more than five days after collection from the donor.

In September 1996, a Phase 1b single blind, randomized, crossover study was completed in 10 healthy subjects. This study compared the tolerability and safety of photochemically treated platelets processed with the SRD with untreated platelets. This second study involved the transfusion of full therapeutic doses of platelets (300 ml) given at the maximum tolerable transfusion rate. No adverse events attributable to transfusion with the treated platelets were reported. Post-transfusion levels of S-59 in plasma and clearance of S-59 were measured. This clinical data, together with the Company's preclinical data, reflected acceptable safety margins.

In November 1996, the Company completed a Phase 2a clinical study designed to measure the post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan of photochemically treated platelets processed with the SRD and stored for five days. This study was conducted in 16 healthy subjects from the Phase 1a study to permit

33

comparisons with prior results. Post-transfusion recovery and lifespan of five-day-old standard platelets varies widely, even in healthy individuals. As a result, there is no established regulatory or clinical standard for post- transfusion recovery and lifespan of platelets. In the Company's Phase 2a clinical study preliminary report, the average post-transfusion recovery of five-day-old platelets treated with the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system was lower than that of the untreated five-day-old platelets. Although this difference was statistically significant, the average post-transfusion recovery was within the range of average recoveries reported in most published studies funded by the National Institutes of Health (the "NIH") and Baxter, as well as in a number of other studies reported in the scientific literature. These published studies used currently approved processing and storage systems. In addition, in the Company's clinical study, the average lifespan of treated platelets was shorter than that of untreated platelets. Although this difference was statistically significant and the average lifespan was lower than the range of average untreated platelet lifespans reported in the published studies referred to above, the average lifespan was within the distribution of ranges of untreated platelet lifespans reported in such studies. The clinical investigators reported no adverse events attributable to transfusion with the treated platelets.

The Company plans to conduct a Phase 2b clinical trial commencing in the first quarter of 1997 using as many of the same subjects as are available from the Phase 2a clinical trial to assess the combined effect of treatment with the platelet pathogen inactivation system and gamma irradiation on post-transfusion platelet recovery and lifespan. The Company believes that in vitro studies conducted by the Company have indicated no clinically relevant effect on in vitro platelet function following treatment with the platelet pathogen inactivation system combined with gamma irradiation. However, in vitro results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be obtained in human clinical trials, and there can be no assurance that the combination will not adversely affect post-transfusion recovery and lifespan of platelets in human subjects.

Based on the results of the Phase 2a clinical trial, the Company has recently submitted a protocol to the FDA for a Phase 3 randomized clinical study of treated apheresis donor platelets in approximately 160 patients requiring platelet transfusion. The Company intends to submit in the first quarter of 1997 a protocol to the ethical committees of institutions that would be conducting such trial in Europe for a Phase 3 randomized clinical study of treated apheresis and pooled random donor platelets in approximately 100 patients requiring platelet transfusion. The Company currently anticipates that the primary endpoint in these studies will be the increase in platelet count post-transfusion adjusted for platelet dose and patient size (the "corrected count increment"). The Company currently anticipates commencement of such trials in mid-1997. The FDA is currently reviewing such protocol and there can be no assurance that it will concur with its design. The Phase 3 European clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets and pooled random donor platelets. The Phase 3 United States clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets, not pooled random donor platelets. In order to obtain FDA approval of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating pooled random donor platelets, the Company may be required by the FDA to conduct additional clinical studies.

The Company believes that, in deciding whether a pathogen inactivation system is safe and effective, the FDA is likely to take into account whether it adversely affects the therapeutic efficacy of blood components as compared to the therapeutic efficacy of blood components not treated with the system, and that the FDA will weigh the system's safety and other risks against the benefits of using the system in a blood supply that has become safer in recent years. The Company currently does not expect to file a product approval application with the FDA or corresponding regulatory filings in Europe for its platelet pathogen inactivation system or for any of its other planned products prior to 1998. The results from preclinical studies and early clinical trials conducted by the Company may not be predictive of results obtained in later clinical trials, and there can be no assurance that clinical trials conducted by the Company will demonstrate sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain the requisite approvals or that marketable products will result. The rate of completion of the Company's clinical trials may be delayed by many factors, including slower than anticipated patient enrollment or any other adverse event occurring during the clinical trials. No assurance can be given that any of the Company's development programs will be successfully completed, that any further IND will become effective or that additional clinical trials will be allowed by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, that clinical trials will

34

commence as planned, that required United States or foreign regulatory approvals will be obtained on a timely basis, if at all, or that any products for which approval is obtained will be commercially successful. The Company does not intend to make any labeling claims that the Company's pathogen inactivation systems may inactivate any pathogens for which it does not have in vitro data supporting such claims. The Company does not expect that its platelet pathogen inactivation system will be able to inactivate all known and unknown infectious pathogens.

FFP PROGRAM

FFP Usage and Market. Plasma is a noncellular component of blood that contains coagulation factors and is essential for maintenance of intravascular volume. Plasma is either separated from collected units of whole blood or collected directly by apheresis. The collected plasma is then packaged and frozen to preserve the coagulation factors. Some of the frozen plasma is made available for fractionation, while some is designated for use as FFP. FFP is a source of all blood clotting factors except platelets and is used to control bleeding in patients who require clotting factors, such as patients undergoing transplants or other extensive surgical procedures and patients with chronic liver disease or certain genetic clotting factor deficiencies.

The Company estimates the production of FFP in 1995 to have been 3.3 million transfusion units in North America, 4.1 million transfusion units in Western Europe and 2.0 million transfusion units in Japan. In the Cost Study, the estimated base price of a transfusion unit of FFP in the United States ranges from approximately $35 to $73. A typical therapeutic transfusion consists of four transfusion units of FFP.

FFP Pathogen Inactivation System. The Company's pathogen inactivation system for FFP will use the same S-59 psoralen compound and is expected to use an SRD and illumination device similar to those being used by the Company in its clinical trials for its platelet pathogen inactivation system. The parameters of the system are expected to be very similar to the platelet treatment system, with minor changes in the illumination time and treatment volume. The FFP pathogen inactivation system under development involves the collection of plasma by either manual or automated procedures. Plasma is then transferred to a disposable container with S-59. The mixture of S-59 and plasma is then illuminated for approximately three minutes. The final step employs an SRD to reduce residual S-59 and breakdown products. Following the SRD treatment, the plasma is transferred to the final storage container and is frozen in accordance with standard protocols.

Development Status. The Company believes that the requirements to obtain regulatory approval of the FFP pathogen inactivation system will be substantially similar to those applicable to the platelet pathogen inactivation system.

In vitro studies conducted by the Company to date have indicated the efficacy of the FFP pathogen inactivation system for the inactivation in FFP of a broad array of viral pathogens. Because of the mechanism of action of its FFP pathogen inactivation system, the Company believes that its system may also inactivate protozoans and inhibit leukocyte activity. Although bacterial contamination in FFP is typically not as significant a problem as in platelets, the Company believes that the FFP pathogen inactivation system will inactivate bacteria at the levels typically found in FFP. To date, the Company has conducted no studies on protozoans or to detect inhibition of leukocyte activity in FFP and only limited studies on bacteria in FFP, and there can be no assurance that the Company's FFP pathogen inactivation system would effectively inactivate protozoans, leukocytes or bacteria. The Company has assessed the impact of S-59 photochemical treatment on the function of plasma proteins. Plasma derived from whole blood or apheresis must be frozen within eight hours of collection to meet the standard as "fresh frozen plasma." After freezing, plasma may be stored for up to one year, thawed once, and must be transfused within four hours of thawing. The Company has measured the in vitro coagulation function activity of various clotting factors in FFP after photochemical treatment, SRD treatment, freezing and thawing. These factors are Fibrinogen (Factor I), Prothrombin (Factor II), Factor V, Factor VII, Hemophilia A Factor (Factor VIII), Hemophilia B Factor (Factor IX), Factor X, Factor XI and von Willebrand's Factor. The Company believes that in vitro data from these studies indicate that treated FFP maintained adequate levels of coagulation function for FFP. These in vitro results are not necessarily indicative of coagulation function that may be obtained in vivo, and there can be no assurance that the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities would view such levels of coagulation function as adequate.

35

The Company believes that the Phase 1 clinical trials for the FFP pathogen inactivation system will be similar to the clinical protocol for the platelet pathogen inactivation system. The Company intends to submit an IND to the FDA to begin Phase 1 clinical trials on the FFP pathogen inactivation system in early 1997. There can be no assurance that the Company will submit such application as planned or complete clinical trials as planned or that any such trials, if commenced, will be successful.

RED CELL PROGRAM

Red Cell Usage and Market. Red blood cells are essential components of blood that carry oxygen to tissues and carbon dioxide to the lungs. Red cells may be transfused as a single treatment in surgical and trauma patients with active bleeding or on a repeated basis in patients with acquired anemia or genetic disorders, such as sickle cell anemia, or in connection with chemotherapy.

The Company estimates the production of red blood cells in 1995 to have been 13.7 million transfusion units in North America, 14.3 million transfusion units in Western Europe and 3.0 million transfusion units in Japan. The Cost Study indicated that the estimated base cost of a transfusion unit of red blood cells in the United States ranges from approximately $66 to $110. A typical red blood cell transfusion consists of two or more red blood cell transfusion units. As shown in the Cost Study, a red blood cell transfusion may also require one or more additional procedures with additional costs ranging from $10 to $210 for each procedure. The procedures are used to address problems presented by leukocytes and to conduct pathogen diagnostic testing beyond the standard testing.

Red Cell ALE Treatment System. The Company is developing a system for pathogen inactivation in red blood cells using a compound that binds to nucleic acid in a manner similar to that of S-59-based systems, but does not require light. The Company's method for inactivating pathogens in red blood cells is based on a proprietary ALE compound, S-303, a small molecule synthesized by the Company. The selection of S-303 was based on preclinical studies of over 100 ALE compounds synthesized by the Company to assess safety, stability and ability to inactivate pathogens and leukocytes, while preserving red cell survival and function.

The red cell ALE treatment system, which is being co-developed with Baxter, is being designed for implementation in blood center settings with minimal disruption of current processing practices. The system is being designed for use with both manual and automated red blood cell collection systems.

Development Status. In vitro studies by the Company have indicated the efficacy of the ALE process for the inactivation of a broad array of viral and bacterial pathogens. Because of the mechanism of action of its red cell ALE treatment system, the Company believes that its system may also inactivate protozoans and inhibit leukocyte function. However, the Company has conducted no studies on protozoans or to detect inhibition of leukocyte activity in red cells, and there can be no assurance that the Company's red cell system would be effective to inactivate protozoans or leukocytes. The Company is currently conducting additional tests on S-303 and expects to commence good laboratory practice (GLP) toxicology and pathogen inactivation validation studies on its red cell pathogen inactivation system by mid-1997. The estimated date for the commencement of these additional studies is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties. There can be no assurance that these studies will not be delayed as a result of certain factors set forth under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus.

FUTURE PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT

The Company believes that the technology it has developed for treatment of platelets, FFP and red cells may have application in treating other blood products, including plasma fractions, such as Factor VIII and Factor IX clotting factors, and recombinant equivalents of plasma derivatives. The Company also believes that the compounds and processes it has developed for inactivation of pathogens and leukocytes may have other medical applications in which reactions with nucleic acid may serve to prevent or control the activities of cells or microorganisms.

36

ALLIANCE WITH BAXTER

In December 1993, the Company entered into an agreement with Baxter to develop, manufacture and market worldwide a system for pathogen inactivation of platelets for transfusion (the "Platelet Agreement"). Under the Platelet Agreement, Baxter purchased 125,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million and paid the Company up-front license fees and milestone and development payments totaling $5.2 million. The agreement provides for Baxter and the Company to share equally development expenses and for Baxter to make additional payments to the Company subject to the achievement of certain milestones. To date, Baxter has paid the Company $1.75 million based on the achievement of preclinical and clinical milestones, in addition to payments made by Baxter to cover its share of development expenses.

In July 1995, the Company entered into interim research funding agreements with Baxter providing for Baxter and the Company to share research and development expenses in 1995 for the Company's pathogen inactivation systems for FFP and red blood cells.

In April 1996, the Company entered into an agreement with Baxter to develop, manufacture and market systems for pathogen inactivation of FFP and red blood cells (the "Red Cell/Plasma Agreement"). Under the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement and a related Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 1, 1996, Baxter purchased 190,477 shares of Series E Preferred Stock on April 1, 1996 at an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million and 190,476 shares of Series E Preferred Stock on July 1, 1996 at an aggregate purchase price of $3.0 million. Except as set forth below, the agreement provides for Baxter and the Company to share equally expenses for development of the FFP and red cell pathogen inactivation systems, subject to certain potential adjustments, commencing on January 1, 1997. The sharing by Baxter of development expenses is conditioned upon receipt of regulatory approval to begin Phase 3 clinical trials of the platelet pathogen inactivation system.

In January 1997, the Company and Baxter amended the Platelet Agreement to provide that the Company would receive an additional 2.2% of shared revenue from the sale of the platelet pathogen inactivation systems in return for payment by the Company to Baxter of $5.5 million in 1997.

The Red Cell/Plasma Agreement calls for specific equity investments by Baxter to be made at 120% of the market price at the time of each investment subject to the achievement of certain milestones as follows: (i) $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1997 and the approval to commence a Phase 3 study in the United States or Europe in the program under the Platelet Agreement, (ii) either $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the achievement of both (a) the mutual determination by the Company and Baxter that there is sufficient data to conclude that the Phase 3 platelet trials are likely to satisfy specified criteria (the "Interim Platelet Determination") and (b) the filing of an IND with the FDA to begin a Phase 1 study under the red cell program or comparable filing in Europe under such program, or separate equity investments of $2 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the Interim Platelet Determination and $3 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the approval of an IND by the FDA under the red cell program or comparable approval in Europe under such program, and (iii) $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1999 and the achievement of both (a) the approval by the FDA to commence a Phase 2 study in the United States or comparable approval in Europe under the red cell project and the (b) approval of a New Drug Application ("NDA") by the FDA under the platelet program or comparable approval in Europe under such program.

Pursuant to the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement, Baxter has agreed that it will not at any time, nor will it permit any of its affiliates, to own capital stock of the Company having 20.1% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. Such restrictions on stock purchases will not apply in the event a third party makes a tender offer for a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or if the Board of Directors of the Company determines to liquidate or sell to a third party substantially all of the assets or a majority of the voting securities of the Company or to approve a merger or consolidation in which the Company's stockholders will not own a majority of the voting securities of the surviving entity.

Baxter has the right to purchase a number of shares up to 19.9% of any equity securities to be sold in this offering and the Baxter Private Placement. Baxter has committed to purchase the maximum number of shares

37

of Common Stock permitted by its agreements with the Company at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions, of $6.9 million (assuming a total price to public of $30 million), subject to certain conditions, including the closing of this offering and the satisfaction of any waiting period requirements under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The sale of such shares will not be registered in this offering. Pursuant to an Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated as of April 1, 1996, the Company has granted to Baxter certain registration rights.

Subject to regulatory approval of a pathogen inactivation system developed under either agreement, Baxter has the exclusive right and responsibility to market the system (including both the inactivation system disposables and any related instruments) worldwide. The Company is obligated to supply the inactivation compound for the system, with Baxter supplying the remaining components. Under the Platelet Agreement, as amended, the Company is to receive between 26.8% and 30.7% of revenues from sales of inactivation system disposables after deducting from such revenues the amount by which Baxter's and the Company's cost of goods for the inactivation system disposables exceeds certain dollar amounts specified in the agreement (the "Premium"). The percentage of revenue to be received by the Company will be determined on the basis of the market price of the system; in no event, however, will the amount to be received be less than $8.50, plus 2.2% of the Premium, nor more than $20.00, plus 2.2% of the Premium per system. Under the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement, the Company and Baxter are to share equally in gross profits from sales of inactivation system disposables, after deducting from such gross profits a specified percentage allocation to be retained by the marketing party for marketing and administrative expenses. However, the revenue sharing under this agreement is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, including any adjustments in the relative sharing by the parties of development expenses. Under the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement, the Company and Baxter are also to receive their respective costs of goods for compounds and components supplied for inactivation system disposables. Under each agreement, Baxter will retain revenues from the sales of any related instruments, such as the illumination devices used to activate S-59. If Baxter does not market a system in a country following its regulatory approval, ceases to market a system or fails to satisfy certain market penetration criteria in the case of the platelet system, the Company will have the non-exclusive right under the Platelet Agreement and the exclusive right under the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement to market such system in that country.

Baxter has certain discretion in decisions concerning the development and marketing of pathogen inactivation systems. There can be no assurance that Baxter will not elect to pursue alternative technologies or product strategies or that its corporate interests and plans will remain consistent with those of the Company. The Company is aware that Baxter is developing an alternative pathogen inactivation system for FFP, based on a compound known as methylene blue. Other companies are currently marketing methylene blue-based pathogen inactivation systems for FFP in Europe. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter's product development efforts were unsuccessful, the Company may need to obtain additional funding from other sources and would be required to devote additional resources to the development of its products, delaying the development of its products. Any such delay would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can also be no assurance that disputes will not arise in the future with respect to the Baxter agreements. Possible disagreements between Baxter and the Company could lead to delays in the research, development or commercialization of certain planned products or could require or result in time-consuming and expensive litigation or arbitration and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the development agreements, Baxter agreed to certain limited restrictions on its ability to independently develop and market products that compete with the products under the agreements. There can be no assurance that these provisions will prevent Baxter from developing or marketing competing products. The development agreements contain restrictions on the Company's ability to develop and market pathogen inactivation systems for blood components outside the Baxter agreements. The Company is entitled, however, to enter into development and licensing agreements with third parties for pathogen inactivation technology for plasma derivatives and recombinant equivalents of plasma derivatives. Such development and licensing agreements are free of any rights of Baxter, except that the Company must offer Baxter the right to license such technology on terms no less favorable than the terms offered to other plasma derivative manufacturers.

38

The development programs under either of the Baxter agreements may be terminated by Baxter or the Company on 90 days' notice. Neither party may give such notice under the FFP program or the red cell program before January 1, 1998 if program test results are successful. If either party so terminates as to a program, the other party gains exclusive development and marketing rights to the program, and the terminating party's sharing in program revenues is significantly reduced.

The agreements with Baxter expressly provide that they do not and shall not be deemed to create any relationship or a joint venture or partnership. See "-- Manufacturing and Supply," "-- Marketing, Sales and Distribution" and "-- Competition."

RESEARCH GRANTS

The Company has three ongoing federal (R01) grants which are administered by the NIH relating to the Company's research and development of its pathogen inactivation systems. Two of the grants were awarded directly to the Company and are five-year awards totaling approximately $1.9 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The third grant was transferred from the University of California at San Francisco to Cerus at the time Dr. Corash, the grant's principal investigator, began his employment relationship with the Company. The balance of the grant transferred to the Company was approximately $579,000. These three federal grants must be renewed annually by submitting an Application for Continuing Support to the NIH. The Company retains all rights to technology funded by these grants, subject to certain rights of the federal government if the Company fails to commercialize the technology in a timely manner or if action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs not addressed by the Company, to meet requirements for public use specified by federal regulations or in the event the Company were to breach certain agreements. The United States Government also has a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the Government any subject invention throughout the world.

MANUFACTURING AND SUPPLY

The Company has in the past utilized, and intends to continue to utilize, third parties to manufacture and supply the inactivation compounds for its systems and Baxter for other system components for use in clinical trials and for the potential commercialization of its products in development. The Company has no experience in manufacturing products for commercial purposes and does not have any manufacturing facilities. Consequently, the Company is dependent on contract manufacturers for the production of compounds and on Baxter for other system components for development and commercial purposes.

The Company is responsible for developing and delivering its proprietary compounds for effecting pathogen inactivation to Baxter for incorporation into the final system configuration. This arrangement applies both to the current supply for clinical trials and, if applicable regulatory approvals are obtained, the future commercial supply. In order to provide the inactivation compounds for its platelet and FFP pathogen inactivation systems, the Company has contracted with two manufacturing facilities for large-scale synthesis of S-59 and currently has a stock of compound sufficient to support the anticipated remaining clinical trials planned for the platelet pathogen inactivation system. Only one of the manufacturers, however, is currently performing the complete synthesis of S-59. If such manufacturer is unable to continue to produce S-59 in commercial quantities, the Company could experience material delays and shortfalls in compound supply while the alternative manufacturer validated the complete process and increased its production capabilities or while the Company identified another manufacturer and such manufacturer prepared for production. There can be no assurance that the existing manufacturers or any new manufacturers will be able to provide commercial quantities of S-59 needed for the Company's pathogen inactivation systems in the future.

The red cell pathogen inactivation system will require the manufacture of S-303, which the Company has produced in only limited quantities for its research and preclinical development requirements. The Company has contracted with a manufacturing facility for the supply of S-303 for preclinical and clinical studies. No assurance can be given that this or any new manufacturer will be able to produce S-303 on a commercial scale or that the Company will be able to enter into arrangements for the commercial-scale manufacture of S-303 on reasonable terms, if at all.

39

Under the terms of the Company's development agreements with Baxter for all described pathogen inactivation systems, Baxter is responsible for manufacturing the disposable units, such as blood storage containers and related tubing, as well as any device associated with the inactivation processes. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter otherwise failed to deliver an adequate supply of components, the Company would be required to identify other third-party component manufacturers. There can be no assurance that the Company would be able to identify such manufacturers on a timely basis or enter into contracts with such manufacturers on reasonable terms, if at all. Any delay in the availability of devices or disposables from Baxter could adversely affect the timely submission of products for regulatory approval or the market introduction and subsequent sales of such products and would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, the inclusion of components manufactured by others could require the Company to seek new approvals from government regulatory authorities, which could result in delays in product delivery. There can be no assurance that the Company would receive any such required regulatory approvals. Any such delay would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to contract for the manufacturing of products and compounds for its pathogen inactivation systems on reasonable terms, if at all. In the event that the Company is unable to obtain or retain third-party manufacturing, it will not be able to commercialize its products as planned. The Company's dependence upon third parties, including Baxter, for the manufacture of critical portions of its pathogen inactivation systems may adversely affect the Company's operating margins and its ability to develop, deliver and sell products on a timely and competitive basis. Failure of any third-party manufacturer to deliver the required quantities of products on a timely basis and at commercially reasonable prices could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In the event the Company undertakes to establish its own commercial manufacturing capabilities, it will require substantial additional funds, manufacturing facilities, equipment and personnel.

The Company purchases certain key components of its compounds from a limited number of suppliers. While the Company believes that there are alternative sources of supply for such components, establishing additional or replacement suppliers for any of the components in the Company's compounds, if required, may not be accomplished quickly and could involve significant additional costs. Any failure by the Company to obtain any of the components used to manufacture the Company's compounds from alternative suppliers, if required, could limit the Company's ability to manufacture its compounds and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "-- Alliance with Baxter."

MARKETING, SALES AND DISTRIBUTION

The market for blood component treatment systems consists of the blood centers and hospitals that collect, store and distribute blood and blood components. In the United States, the American Red Cross collects and distributes approximately 42% of the nation's supply of blood and blood components. Other major blood centers include the New York Blood Center and United Blood Services, each of which distributes approximately 6% of the nation's supply of blood and blood components. In Western Europe and Japan, various national blood transfusion services or Red Cross organizations collect, store and distribute virtually all of their respective nations' blood and blood components supply. Hospital-affiliated blood banks also store and dispense blood and blood components but generally do not collect significant quantities of blood. The Company believes that, if the Company's products receive appropriate regulatory approvals, the relatively concentrated nature of the market may facilitate the Company's ability to penetrate the market.

The Company believes that market acceptance of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems will depend, in part, on the Company's ability to provide acceptable evidence of the safety, efficacy and cost-effectiveness of its products, as well as the ability of blood centers to obtain FDA approval and adequate reimbursement for such products. The Company believes that market acceptance of its pathogen inactivation systems will also depend upon the extent to which physicians, patients and health care payors perceive that the benefits of using blood components treated with the Company's systems justify the additional costs and processing requirements in a blood supply that has become safer in recent years. While the Company believes that its pathogen inactivation systems are able to inactivate pathogens up to concentrations that the Company

40

believes are present in contaminated blood components when the blood is donated, there can be no assurance that contamination will never exceed such levels. The Company does not expect that its planned products will be able to inactivate all known and unknown infectious pathogens, and there can be no assurance that the inability to inactivate certain pathogens will not affect the market acceptance of its products. There can be no assurance that the Company's pathogen inactivation systems will gain any significant degree of market acceptance among blood centers, physicians, patients and health care payors, even if clinical trials demonstrate safety and efficacy and necessary regulatory approvals and health care reimbursement approvals are obtained.

If appropriate regulatory approvals are received, Baxter will be responsible for the marketing, sales and distribution of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems for blood components worldwide. The Company does not currently maintain, nor does it intend to develop, its own marketing and sales organization but instead expects to continue to rely on Baxter to market and sell its pathogen inactivation systems. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain its relationship with Baxter or that such marketing arrangements will result in payments to the Company. Revenues to be received by the Company through any marketing and sales arrangement with Baxter will be dependent on Baxter's efforts, and there can be no assurance that the Company will benefit from Baxter's present or future market presence or that such efforts will otherwise be successful. If the Company's agreements with Baxter were terminated or if Baxter's marketing efforts were unsuccessful, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. See "-- Alliance with Baxter."

COMPETITION

The Company expects to encounter competition in the sale of products it may develop. If regulatory approvals are received, the Company's products may compete with other approaches to blood safety currently in use, as well as with future products developed by biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, hospital supply companies, national and regional blood centers, and certain governmental organizations and agencies. Many companies and organizations that may be competitors or potential competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than the Company and may have greater experience in preclinical testing, human clinical trials and other regulatory approval procedures. The Company's ability to compete successfully will depend, in part, on its ability to develop proprietary products, develop and maintain products that reach the market first, are technologically superior to and/or are of lower cost than other products on the market, attract and retain scientific personnel, obtain patent or other proprietary protection for its products and technologies, obtain required regulatory approvals, and manufacture, market and sell any product that it develops. In addition, other technologies or products may be developed that have an entirely different approach or means of accomplishing the intended purposes of the Company's products, or that might render the Company's technology and products uncompetitive or obsolete. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the Company's competitors will not obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that would limit the Company's ability to use the Company's technology or commercialize products that may be developed.

Several companies are developing technologies which are, or in the future may be, the basis for products that will directly compete with or reduce the market for the Company's pathogen inactivation systems. A number of companies are specifically focusing on alternative strategies for pathogen inactivation or removal in various blood components. Although no commercial processes are currently available to eliminate or inactivate pathogens in platelets and red cells, a number of pathogen inactivation methods are used commercially in Europe for FFP, including treatment with solvent-detergent or methylene blue. In addition, because the solvent-detergent process uses hundreds of units of plasma that have been combined into large pools, there is increased risk of transmission of pathogens not inactivated by the process, such as parvovirus B19. The Blood Products Advisory Committee, an advisory panel to the FDA, has recently unanimously recommended that solvent-detergent be approved for use in treating FFP. Although recommendations of advisory committees are not binding, unanimous recommendations are generally followed by the FDA. If approved by the FDA, there can be no assurance that the treatment of FFP by solvent-detergent will not become a widespread practice prior to any commercialization of the Company's FFP pathogen inactivation system. Other groups are developing synthetic blood product substitutes or products to stimulate the growth of

41

platelets. If any of these technologies is successfully developed, it could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company believes that the primary competitive factors in the market for pathogen inactivation systems will include the breadth and effectiveness of pathogen inactivation processes, ease of use, the scope and enforceability of patent or other proprietary rights, product price, product supply and marketing and sales capability. In addition, the length of time required for products to be developed and to receive regulatory and, in some cases, reimbursement approval is an important competitive factor. The Company believes it competes favorably with respect to these factors, although there can be no assurance that it will be able to continue to do so. The biopharmaceutical field is characterized by rapid and significant technological changes. Accordingly, the Company's success will depend in part on its ability to respond quickly to medical and technological changes through the development and introduction of new products. Product development involves a high degree of risk, and there can be no assurance that the Company's product development efforts will result in any commercially successful products.

The Company relies on Baxter to support preclinical evaluation and clinical development of its pathogen inactivation systems, as well as to manufacture and market the systems. Under the terms of the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement, Baxter has reserved the right to market competing products not within the field of psoralen or ALE inactivation. Baxter is conducting several independent product development efforts in blood collection and processing that may improve blood quality and safety. The Company is aware that Baxter is developing an alternative pathogen inactivation system for FFP, based on a compound known as methylene blue. The development and commercialization of the Company's pathogen inactivation systems could be materially adversely affected by competition with Baxter or by Baxter's election to pursue alternative strategies or technologies in lieu of those of the Company. See "-- Alliance with Baxter."

PATENTS, LICENSES AND PROPRIETARY RIGHTS

The Company's success depends in part on its ability to obtain patents, to protect trade secrets, to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing on the proprietary rights of the Company. The Company's policy is to seek to protect its proprietary position by, among other methods, filing United States and foreign patent applications related to its proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the development of its business. As of December 31, 1996, the Company owned 30 issued or allowed United States patents and 13 issued or allowed foreign patents. The Company's patents expire at various dates between 2003 and 2015. In addition, the Company has 32 pending United States patent applications and has filed 11 corresponding patent applications under the Patent Cooperation Treaty, three of which are currently pending in Europe, Japan, Australia and Canada. Proprietary rights relating to the Company's planned and potential products will be protected from unauthorized use by third parties only to the extent that they are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are effectively maintained as trade secrets. There can be no assurance that any patents owned by, or licensed to, the Company will afford protection against competitors or that any pending patent applications now or hereafter filed by, or licensed, to the Company will result in patents being issued. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect the Company's intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

The patent positions of biopharmaceutical companies involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, their enforceability cannot be predicted with certainty. There can be no assurance that any of the Company's patents or patent applications, if issued, will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will provide proprietary protection or competitive advantages to the Company against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any technology developed by the Company. Because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any of the Company's products can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in existence for only a short period following commercialization, thus reducing any advantage of the patent, which could adversely affect the Company's ability to protect future product development and, consequently, its operating results and financial position.

42

Because patent applications in the United States are maintained in secrecy until patents issue and since publication of discoveries in the scientific or patent literature often lag behind actual discoveries, the Company cannot be certain that it was the first to make the inventions covered by each of its issued or pending patent applications or that it was the first to file for protection of inventions set forth in such patent applications. There can be no assurance that the Company's planned or potential products will not be covered by third-party patents or other intellectual property rights, in which case continued development and marketing of such products would require a license under such patents or other intellectual property rights. There can be no assurance that such required licenses will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, if at all. If the Company does not obtain such licenses, it could encounter delays in product introductions while it attempts to design around such patents, or could find that the development, manufacture or sale of products requiring such licenses is foreclosed. Litigation may be necessary to defend against or assert such claims of infringement, to enforce patents issued to the Company, to protect trade secrets or know-how owned by the Company or to determine the scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. In addition, interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to patent applications of the Company. Litigation or interference proceedings could result in substantial costs to and diversion of effort by the Company, and could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that these efforts by the Company would be successful.

The Company may rely, in certain circumstances, on trade secrets to protect its technology. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. The Company seeks to protect its proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements with its employees and certain contractors. There can be no assurance that these agreements will not be breached, that the Company will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that the Company's trade secrets will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that the Company's employees or its consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for the Company, disputes may also arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

In August 1996, the Company received correspondence from Circadian Technologies, Inc., an Australian entity, alleging that unspecified trade secrets and know-how jointly owned by Circadian and the Auckland Division Cancer Society of New Zealand were, without the consent of Circadian, used in the development by the Cancer Society and the Company of unspecified compounds for the Company's red cell program. Such claims do not relate to the Company's platelet or FFP programs. In subsequent correspondence, Circadian has indicated that it is seeking compensation in the form of royalties or a lump sum payment. Based on its investigation of the matter to date, the Company does not believe that the claims are meritorious. Any future litigation involving these allegations, however, would be subject to inherent uncertainties, especially in cases where complex technical issues are decided by a lay jury. There can be no assurance that, if a lawsuit were commenced, it would not be decided against the Company, which could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

The Company and its products are comprehensively regulated in the United States by the FDA and, in some instances, by state and local governments, and by comparable governmental authorities in other countries. The FDA regulates drugs, medical devices and biologics under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other laws, including, in the case of biologics, the Public Health Service Act. These laws and implementing regulations govern, among other things, the development, testing, manufacturing, record keeping, storage, labeling, advertising, promotion and premarket clearance or approval of products subject to regulation.

The Company believes its pathogen inactivation systems will be regulated by the FDA as drugs. It is also possible, however, that the FDA will decide to regulate the pathogen inactivation systems as "biologics," as "combination products," including drugs or biologics and one or more medical devices, or as drugs or biologics with one or more medical devices (i.e., the blood bags and light source) requiring separate approval or clearance. Whether the FDA regulates the pathogen inactivation systems as drugs or as one or more of the

43

other alternatives, it is likely that the FDA's Center for Biologics Evaluation and Review will be principally responsible for regulating the pathogen inactivation systems.

Before a new drug may be marketed in the United States, the FDA must approve an NDA for the product. Before a biologic may be marketed in the United States, the FDA must approve a Biologics License Application ("BLA") or a Product License Application ("PLA") for the product and an Establishment License Application ("ELA") for the facility at which the product is manufactured. Before a medical device may be marketed in the United States, the FDA must clear a pre-market notification (a "510(k)") or approve a pre-market approval application ("PMA") for the product. Before a combination product may be marketed in the United States, it must have an approved NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA) or PMA, depending on which statutory authority the FDA elects to use.

Despite the multiplicity of statutory and regulatory possibilities, the steps required before approval are essentially the same whether the product is ultimately regulated as a drug, a biologic, a medical device, a combination product or some combination thereof. The steps required before a drug, biologic or medical device may be approved for marketing in the United States pursuant to an NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA) or PMA, respectively, generally include (i) preclinical laboratory and animal tests, (ii) submission to the FDA of an IND (for drugs or biologics) or an investigational device exemption ("IDE") (for medical devices) for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin, (iii) appropriate tests to show the product's safety, (iv) adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the product's efficacy for its intended indications, (v) submission to the FDA of an NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA) or PMA, as appropriate and (vi) FDA review of the NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA) or PMA in order to determine, among other things, whether the product is safe and effective for its intended uses. In addition, the FDA inspects the facilities at which the product is manufactured and will not approve the product unless compliance with cGMP requirements is satisfactory. The steps required before a medical device may be cleared for marketing in the United States pursuant to a 510(k) are generally the same, except that instead of conducting tests to demonstrate safety and efficacy, data, including clinical data if necessary, must be obtained to show that the product is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, and the FDA must make a determination of substantial equivalence rather than a determination that the product is safe and effective.

The Company believes that, in deciding whether a pathogen inactivation system is safe and effective, the FDA is likely to take into account whether it adversely affects the therapeutic efficacy of blood components as compared to the therapeutic efficacy of blood components not treated with the system, and that the FDA will weigh the system's safety and other risks against the benefits of using the system in a blood supply that has become safer in recent years.

Based on discussions with the FDA, the Company believes that it will be required to provide data from human clinical studies to demonstrate the safety of treated platelets and their therapeutic comparability to untreated platelets, but that only data from in vitro studies, not data from human clinical studies, will be required to demonstrate the system's efficacy in inactivating pathogens. In light of these criteria, the Company's clinical trial program for platelets will consist of studies that differ from the usual Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 studies. Specifically, its Phase 1 studies were designed to demonstrate in healthy subjects that use of the system does not alter the in vivo function (therapeutic efficacy) of the platelets treated with the system and to evaluate in healthy subjects the safety and tolerability of platelets treated with the system. Phase 2 studies will consist of a reevaluation in the healthy subjects used in the Phase 1 study of the in vivo function of platelets treated with the system. Phase 3 studies are expected to consist of a study of the therapeutic efficacy of platelets treated with the system in a larger group of patients who require transfusions. The Company believes that the Phase 1 clinical trials for the FFP pathogen inactivation system will be similar to the clinical protocols for the platelet pathogen inactivation system. To date, The Company has not had specific discussions with the FDA regarding the FFP or red cell clinical development programs.

There can be no assurance, however, that these means of demonstrating safety and efficacy will ultimately be acceptable to the FDA or that the FDA will continue to believe that this clinical plan is appropriate. Moreover, even if the FDA considers these means of demonstrating safety and efficacy to be acceptable in principle, there can be no assurance that the FDA will find the data submitted sufficient to demonstrate safety

44

and efficacy. In particular, although the Company anticipates that the FDA will consider in vitro data an appropriate means of demonstrating efficacy in pathogen inactivation, there can be no assurance that the FDA will so conclude, and any requirement to provide other than in vitro data would adversely affect the timing and could affect the success of the Company's efforts to obtain regulatory approval.

Even if regulatory approval or clearance is granted, it could include significant limitations on the indicated uses for which a product could be marketed. For example, the Company does not believe that it will be able to make any labeling claims that the Company's pathogen inactivation systems may inactivate any pathogens for which it does not have in vitro data supporting such claims. The testing and approval/clearance process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and is generally lengthy, expensive and uncertain. The approval process is affected by a number of factors, including the availability of alternative treatments and the risks and benefits demonstrated in clinical trials. Additional animal studies or clinical trials may be requested during the FDA review period and may delay marketing approval. After FDA approval for the initial indications, further clinical trials may be necessary to gain approval for the use of the product for additional indications. The FDA may also require post-marketing testing to monitor for adverse effects, which can involve significant expense. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product may result in restrictions on the product, including withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, the policies of the FDA may change, and additional regulations may be promulgated which could prevent or delay regulatory approval of the Company's planned products. There can be no assurance that any approval or clearance will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining such approvals or clearances, and any significant limitation on their indicated uses, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

A drug, biologic or medical device, its manufacturer, and the holder of the NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA), PMA or 510(k) for the product are subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight, both before and after approval or clearance is obtained. Violations of regulatory requirements at any stage, including during the preclinical and clinical testing process, during the approval/clearance process or after the product is approved/cleared for marketing, could result in various adverse consequences, including the FDA's requiring that a clinical trial be suspended or halted, the FDA's delay in approving/clearing or refusing to approve/clear a product, withdrawal of an approved/cleared product from the market and the imposition of criminal penalties. For example, the holder of an NDA, BLA (or PLA/ELA), PMA or 510(k) is required to report certain adverse reactions to the FDA, and must comply with certain requirements concerning advertising and promotional labeling for the product. Also, quality control and manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMP regulations after approval or clearance, and the FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, monies and efforts on regulatory compliance, including cGMP compliance. In addition, new government requirements may be established that could delay or prevent regulatory approval or clearance of the Company's products under development or otherwise alter the applicable law. There can be no assurance that the FDA will determine that the facilities and manufacturing procedures of Baxter or any other third-party manufacturer of the Company's planned products will conform to cGMP requirements.

In addition to the regulatory requirements applicable to the Company and its products, there are also regulatory requirements applicable to the Company's prospective customers, which are primarily entities that ship blood and blood products in interstate commerce. Such entities are regulated by the FDA pursuant to the Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and the Public Health Service Act and implementing regulations. Blood centers and others that ship blood and blood products interstate will likely be required to obtain approved license supplements from the FDA before shipping products processed with the Company's pathogen inactivation systems. This requirement and/or FDA delays in approving such supplements may deter some blood centers from using the Company's products, and blood centers that do submit supplements may face disapproval or delays in approval that could provide further disincentives to use of the systems. The regulatory impact on potential customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, transfusion units of random donor platelets, which currently represent approximately one-half of the platelets transfused in the United States, certain platelets pooled from six different donors. The Phase 3

45

European clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets and pooled random donor platelets. The Phase 3 United States clinical trial is being designed to assess the therapeutic efficacy of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating apheresis platelets, not pooled random donor platelets. In order to obtain FDA approval of the platelet pathogen inactivation system for use in treating pooled random donor platelets, the Company may be required by the FDA to conduct additional clinical studies.

In addition, because of the risk of bacterial growth, current FDA rules require that pooled platelets be transfused within four hours of pooling and, as a result, most pooling occurs at hospitals. However, the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system is being designed to be used at blood centers, not at hospitals, and requires a processing time of approximately eight hours. Therefore, in order for the Company's platelet pathogen inactivation system to be effectively implemented and accepted at blood centers as planned, the FDA-imposed limit on the time between pooling and transfusion would need to be lengthened or eliminated for blood products treated with the Company's systems, which are being designed to inactivate bacteria that would otherwise contaminate pooled platelets. The Company intends to work with the FDA during the approval/clearance process to obtain the necessary changes in these limitations. There can be no assurance, however, that the FDA will change this requirement and, if such a change is not made, the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. In addition, under current FDA regulations, platelets may not be stored for more than five days after collection from the donor.

The Company is developing a European investigational plan based on the platelet treatment systems being categorized as a class 2b device under European Union regulatory authorities. However, there can be no assurance that this approach will be accepted by European authorities. The European Union has promulgated rules that require that medical devices receive by mid-1998 the right to affix the CE mark, an international symbol of adherence to quality assurance standards and compliance with applicable European medical device directives. Failure to receive CE mark certification will prohibit the Company from selling its products in the European Union.

The Company is subject to federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and policies governing the use, generation, manufacture, storage, air emission, effluent discharge, handling and disposal of certain materials, biological specimens and wastes. There can be no assurance that the Company will not be required to incur significant costs to comply with environmental and health and safety regulations in the future. The Company's research and development involves the controlled use of hazardous materials, including certain hazardous chemicals and radioactive materials. Although the Company believes that its safety procedures for handling and disposing of such materials comply with the standards prescribed by state and federal regulations, the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials cannot be eliminated. In the event of such an accident, the Company could be held liable for any damages that result and any such liability could exceed the resources of the Company.

HEALTH CARE REIMBURSEMENT AND REFORM

The future revenues and profitability of biopharmaceutical and related companies as well as the availability of capital to such companies may be affected by the continuing efforts of the United States and foreign governments and third-party payors to contain or reduce costs of health care through various means. In the United States, given recent federal and state government initiatives directed at lowering the total cost of health care, it is likely that the U.S. Congress and state legislatures will continue to focus on health care reform and the cost of pharmaceuticals and on the reform of the Medicare and Medicaid systems. While the Company cannot predict whether any such legislative or regulatory proposals will be adopted, the announcement or adoption of such proposals could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Company's ability to commercialize its products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which appropriate reimbursement levels for the cost of the products and related treatment are obtained from governmental authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as HMOs. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. The trend toward managed

46

health care in the United States and other countries and the concurrent growth of organizations such as HMOs, which could control or significantly influence the purchase of health care services and products, as well as legislative proposals to reform health care or reduce government insurance programs, may all result in lower prices for the Company's products. The cost containment measures that health care payors and providers are instituting and the effect of any health care reform could materially adversely affect the Company's ability to operate profitably.

FACILITIES

The Company leases approximately 17,400 square feet for its main facility and approximately 9,900 square feet for an additional facility, both of which contain laboratory and office space, in Concord, California. The lease of the main facility extends through 1999 with two five-year renewal options and provides for an option to expand into an approximately 9,200 square foot adjacent space. The lease of the additional facility extends through 1998, with renewal options for up to eight years. The Company also has a short-term lease for approximately 1,380 square feet at a facility located near its main facility in Concord. The Company believes that its facilities will be adequate to meet its needs for the foreseeable future.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 70 employees, 56 of whom were engaged in research and development and 14 in finance and other administration. The Company also had consulting arrangements with seven individuals. No employee of the Company is covered by collective bargaining agreements, and the Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good.

SCIENTIFIC ADVISORY BOARD

The Company's Scientific Advisory Board is composed of experts in the fields of transfusion medicine, blood collection, blood component preparation, virology, chemistry, biochemistry, organic synthesis, hematology and related fields. The Scientific Advisory Board members work with the Company both as a group and, less formally and more frequently, on an individual basis. The Scientific Advisory Board members review the Company's programs for research, assist in planning its future research directions and provide advice concerning ongoing product development programs.

The following are members of the Company's Scientific Advisory Board:

Harvey Alter, M.D., is the Chief of the Infectious Diseases Section and Assistant Director of Research in the Department of Transfusion Medicine Clinical Center at the National Institutes of Health. His area of expertise is in the epidemiology of transfusion-associated viral hepatitis.

Harry Greenberg, M.D., is a Professor of Medicine and Chief of Gastroenterology at Stanford University. His expertise is in infectious viral diseases.

Jeffrey McCullough, M.D., is a Professor of Laboratory Medicine and Director of the Blood Bank at the University of Minnesota Hospitals and the editor-in-chief of the medical journal Transfusion.

Scott Murphy, M.D., is the Chief Medical Officer of the American Red Cross Blood Services, Penn -- Jersey Region. He is also a Professor of Medicine and director of the Blood Bank at Thomas Jefferson College of Medicine.

Sherrill Slichter, M.D., is the Director for the Division of Research and Education at Puget Sound Blood Center, as well as a Professor of Medicine, Hematology/Medicine, University of Washington.

Robert Stern, M.D., is an Associate Professor of Dermatology at the Harvard Medical School and Beth Israel Hospital.

All members of the Scientific Advisory Board are employed elsewhere and may have commitments to and/or consulting contracts with other organizations, including potential competitors, that may limit their availability to the Company. Each member has entered into a Nondisclosure Agreement with the Company, which requires the maintenance of all proprietary information in complete confidence.

47

MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES

The directors, executive officers and other key employees of the Company and their ages as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

                  NAME                      AGE                            POSITION
- ----------------------------------------    ----    -------------------------------------------------------
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
  Stephen T. Isaacs.....................      47    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
  David S. Clayton......................      53    Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
  Laurence M. Corash....................      52    Vice President, Medical Affairs
  John E. Hearst........................      61    Vice President, New Science Opportunities and Director
  B. J. Cassin(1),(2)...................      62    Chairman of the Board
  Peter H. McNerney(1)..................      45    Director
  Dale A. Smith.........................      64    Director
  Henry E. Stickney(2)..................      63    Director
KEY EMPLOYEES
  George D. Cimino......................      45    Director of Product Development
  David N. Cook.........................      38    Director of Red Cell Development
  William M. Greenman...................      30    Director of Business Development
  Lily Lin..............................      51    Director of Platelet Development
  Tim E. McCullough.....................      47    Director of Preclinical Safety
  Lori L. Roll..........................      37    Controller and Secretary
  Ira Wallis............................      47    Director of Regulatory Affairs
  Gary P. Wiesehahn.....................      47    Director of Plasma Development
  Kathryn P. Wilke......................      30    Intellectual Property Counsel
  Susan Wollowitz.......................      43    Director of Organic Chemistry


(1) Member of the Compensation Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee

STEPHEN T. ISAACS founded the Company in September 1991 and has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors since that time. Mr. Isaacs was previously President and Chief Executive Officer of HRI, a research and development company from September 1984 to December 1996. From 1975 to 1986, Mr. Isaacs held a faculty research position at the University of California at Berkeley.

DAVID S. CLAYTON has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since May 1996 and Vice President, Finance of the Company since July 1996. From 1992 to May 1996, Mr. Clayton was a financial consultant to various companies, including the Company. From 1989 through May 1992, Mr. Clayton was the Executive Vice President of Trans Ocean Ltd., a company engaged in leasing of international maritime shipping containers.

LAURENCE M. CORASH, M.D., a co-founder of the Company, has been Vice President, Medical Affairs of the Company since July 1996. From July 1994 until he assumed his current position, Dr. Corash was Director of Medical Affairs. Dr. Corash was a consultant to the Company from 1991 to July 1994. Dr. Corash has been a Professor of Laboratory Medicine at the University of California, San Francisco since July 1985 and Chief of the Hematology Laboratory for the Medical Center at the University of California, San Francisco since January 1982. Dr. Corash has served as a consultant to the FDA Advisory Panel for Hematology Devices since 1990.

JOHN E. HEARST, PH.D., D.SC., a co-founder of the Company, was elected Vice President, New Science Opportunities in July 1996. From January 1996 until July 1996, Dr. Hearst served as Director, New Science Opportunities. He has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company since January 1992. Dr. Hearst has been a Professor of Chemistry at the University of California at Berkeley since 1972. In 1984, Dr. Hearst co-founded HRI.

48

B. J. CASSIN has served as Chairman of the Board of the Company since December 1992. Mr. Cassin has been a private venture capitalist since 1979. Previously, Mr. Cassin co-founded Xidex Corporation, a manufacturer of data storage media, in 1969. Mr. Cassin is currently a director of six private companies.

PETER H. MCNERNEY has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company since December 1992. Mr. McNerney has been a General Partner of Coral Ventures, a venture capital investment firm, since 1992. Prior to that, Mr. McNerney was a Managing Partner of Kensington Group, a management consulting firm, from 1989 to 1992. Mr. McNerney serves as a director for Aksys, Ltd. and Optical Sensors, Inc.

DALE A. SMITH has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company since March 1994. From 1978 to July 1995, Mr. Smith was Group Vice President of Baxter Healthcare Corporation. Mr. Smith serves as a director of Vical, Inc.

HENRY E. STICKNEY has served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company since January 1992. In 1988, Mr. Stickney founded Health IQ Corporation (formerly, Reimbursement Dynamics, Inc.), a medical consulting company specializing in health care economics and reimbursement issues, and has served as its chief executive officer since that time.

GEORGE D. CIMINO, PH.D., a co-founder of the Company, has been Director of Product Development for the Company since January 1992. Prior to that time, Dr. Cimino was Director of Research for HRI from 1985 to January 1992.

DAVID COOK, PH.D., has been Director of Red Cell Development for the Company since January 1994. Prior to that time, Dr. Cook was a senior scientist in the Platelet Program for the Company from February 1993 to January 1994. From January 1990 to February 1993, Dr. Cook was a Postdoctoral Associate in the Department of Chemistry at the University of California, Berkeley.

WILLIAM M. GREENMAN has been Director of Business Development for the Company since September 1995. From May 1993 to August 1995, Mr. Greenman was a manager in the Corporate Development Group of the Biotech Group at Baxter International. From March 1991 to May 1993, Mr. Greenman held various marketing and corporate development positions in the Biotech Group at Baxter International.

LILY LIN, PH.D., a co-founder of the Company, has been Director of Platelet Development for the Company since April 1996. Prior to that time, Dr. Lin was Director of Biological Research for the Company from January 1992 to April 1996. From 1989 to February 1994, Dr. Lin was a senior scientist for HRI.

TIM E. MCCULLOUGH, PH.D., has been Director of Preclinical Safety for the Company since January 1996. From 1988 to January 1996, Dr. McCullough was Department Head/Director of Toxicology of Roche Bioscience (formerly, Syntex Discovery Research).

LORI L. ROLL has been the Controller of the Company since October 1992 and Secretary of the Company since February 1994. From December 1991 to October 1992, Ms. Roll was a financial services consultant for a variety of small private companies.

IRA WALLIS, PH.D., has been Director of Regulatory Affairs for the Company since June 1996. Dr. Wallis was Associate Director, Regulatory Affairs for Genentech, Inc. from February 1993 to June 1996 and Manager, Regulatory Affairs for Genentech, Inc. from February 1990 to February 1993.

GARY WIESEHAHN, PH.D., has been Director of Plasma Development for the Company since January 1996. From February 1994 to January 1996, Dr. Wiesehahn was a senior scientist for the Company. From December 1989 to January 1994, Dr. Wiesehahn was Vice President of Research of Acrogen, Inc.

KATHRYN P. WILKE, ESQ., has been Intellectual Property Counsel for the Company since February 1992. From September 1990 to August 1991, Ms. Wilke was a law clerk for Limbach & Limbach, a law firm.

SUSAN WOLLOWITZ, PH.D., has been Director of Organic Chemistry for the Company since June 1992. From 1984 to June 1992, Dr. Wollowitz was Senior Research Chemist/Project Leader for DowElanco (formerly Dow Chemical Agricultural Products).

49

BOARD COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee, currently comprised of Messrs. Cassin and Stickney, reviews the internal accounting procedures of the Company and consults with and reviews the services provided by the Company's independent auditors. The Compensation Committee, currently comprised of Messrs. Cassin and McNerney, reviews and recommends to the Board the compensation and benefits of all officers of the Company and reviews general policy relating to compensation and benefits of the Company. The Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options and other awards under the Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan and Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Directors currently do not receive any cash compensation for their services as members of the Board of Directors, although they are reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with attendance at Board and Committee meetings. In September 1995, the Company granted to Mr. Smith an option to purchase 14,700 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.71 per share. In May 1996, the Company granted to Messrs. Cassin, Isaacs, Hearst and Stickney options to purchase 14,700, 36,750, 7,350 and 14,700 shares of Common Stock, respectively, at an exercise price of $2.72 per share. All of these options were granted under the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan and are fully exercisable. The unvested shares issued or issuable upon exercise are subject to repurchase by the Company, with such repurchase right lapsing with respect to 1/48 of the shares per month from the date of the grant.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth the compensation awarded to or earned by the Company's Chief Executive Officer and the other executive officers whose combined salary and bonus for 1996 was in excess of $100,000 (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers"):

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE(1)

                                                                       LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                          ANNUAL COMPENSATION(2)               AWARDS
                                       -----------------------------   ----------------------
                                                      OTHER ANNUAL     SECURITIES UNDERLYING
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION       SALARY($)     COMPENSATION(3)       OPTIONS(#)(4)
-------------------------------------  --------      ---------------   ----------------------
Stephen T. Isaacs....................  $230,833          $ 2,489               36,750
  President and Chief Executive
     Officer
David S. Clayton.....................  $160,200(5)            --               67,179
  Vice President, Finance and Chief
  Financial Officer
Laurence M. Corash...................  $179,083          $ 1,758               29,400
  Vice President, Medical Affairs
John Hearst..........................  $138,958          $ 1,561                7,350
  Vice President, New Science
  Opportunities


(1) In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), the compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life insurance or other benefits received by the Named Executive Officers which are available generally to all salaried employees of the Company and certain perquisites and other personal benefits received by the Named Executive Officers, which do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of any such officer's salary and bonus disclosed in this table.

(2) Excludes bonus amounts for fiscal 1996, which have not yet been determined.

(3) Reflects interest forgiven on loans by the Company to the Named Executive Officers and reimbursement for the amount of taxes payable thereon.

(4) The Company has not issued any SARs.

(5) Includes amounts paid as consulting fees prior to commencement of full-time

employment in May 1996.

50

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

The following table sets forth certain information for each grant of stock options made during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, to each of the Named Executive Officers:

                                                   INDIVIDUAL GRANTS
                       -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        PERCENTAGE OF                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE VALUE AT
                         NUMBER OF      TOTAL OPTIONS                                               ASSUMED ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                        SECURITIES       GRANTED TO                                                 PRICE APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                        UNDERLYING      EMPLOYEES IN     EXERCISE                   DEEMED VALUE               TERM(5)
                          OPTIONS        FISCAL YEAR       PRICE      EXPIRATION    FOR DATE OF     -----------------------------
        NAME           GRANTED(#)(1)       (%)(2)        ($/SH)(3)       DATE         GRANT(4)       0%($)     5%($)      10%($)
- ---------------------  -------------    -------------    ---------    ----------    ------------    -------   --------   --------
Stephen T. Isaacs
  President and Chief
  Executive
  Officer............      36,750             9.0          $2.72        05/17/06       $ 4.08       $49,980   $144,277   $288,940
David S. Clayton
  Vice President,
  Finance and Chief
  Financial
  Officer............      67,179            16.5          $0.71        03/05/06       $ 1.36       $43,666   $101,125   $189,272
Laurence M. Corash
  Vice President,
  Medical Affairs....      29,400             7.2          $2.72        05/17/06       $ 4.08       $39,984   $115,422   $231,152
John E. Hearst
  Vice President, New
  Science
  Opportunities......       7,350             1.8          $2.72        05/17/06       $ 4.08       $ 9,996   $ 28,855   $ 57,788


(1) Options generally become exercisable at a rate of 1/48th per month from the date of grant. Options may be exercised immediately pursuant to early exercise provisions contained in option agreements. Any shares issued pursuant to such early exercise provisions are subject to repurchase upon termination of employment. Such repurchase option terminates at the rate of 1/48th per month. The options expire 10 years from the date of grant or earlier upon termination of employment.

(2) Based on options to purchase an aggregate of 407,383 shares of Common Stock granted to employees and directors of, and consultants to, the Company during fiscal 1996, including the Named Executive Officers.

(3) The exercise price per share of each option was equal to the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors.

(4) The deemed value for the date of grant was determined after the date of grant solely for financial accounting purposes.

(5) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option at its date of grant (10 years). It is calculated based on the deemed value at the date of grant and assumes that the deemed value appreciates from the date of grant at the indicated annual rate compounded annually for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day of its term for the appreciated stock price. The 0%, 5% and 10% assumed rates of appreciation are derived from the rules of the Commission and do not represent the Company's estimate or projection of future Common Stock price.

51

AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1996 OPTION VALUES

The following table sets forth for each of the Named Executive Officers the shares acquired and the value realized on each exercise of stock options during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 and the number and value of securities underlying unexercised options held by the Named Executive Officers at December 31, 1996:

                                                                 NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                                UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED    VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                      OPTIONS AT         IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                   SHARES                        DECEMBER 31, 1996(#)    DECEMBER 31, 1996($)(1)
                                 ACQUIRED ON       VALUE             EXERCISABLE/             EXERCISABLE/
             NAME                EXERCISE(#)   REALIZED($)(1)       UNEXERCISABLE             UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------  -----------   --------------   ----------------------   -----------------------
Stephen T. Isaacs
  President and Chief Executive          0               0         36,750/0                 $274,890/0
  Officer......................
David S. Clayton
  Vice President, Finance and       67,179        $ 43,666            0/0                       0/0
  Chief Financial Officer......
Laurence M. Corash
  Vice President, Medical                0               0         29,400/0                 $219,912/0
  Affairs......................
John E. Hearst
  Vice President, New Science       14,700        $ 19,992          7,350/0                  $54,978/0
  Opportunities................


(1) Value realized and value of unexercised in-the-money options are based on the per share deemed values at the exercise date and at year end, respectively, determined after the date of grant solely for financial accounting purposes, less the exercise price payable for such shares.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLANS

1996 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company's 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in July 1996 as an amendment and restatement of the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "1992 Plan"). There are currently 1,470,000 shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Incentive Plan.

The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and stock appreciation rights appurtenant thereto to employees (including officers and employee-directors) and nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock purchase awards and stock bonuses to employees, directors and consultants. The Incentive Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, or a committee appointed by the Board, which determines recipients and types of awards to be granted, including the exercise price, number of shares subject to the award and the exercisability thereof.

The terms of stock options granted under the Incentive Plan generally may not exceed 10 years. The exercise price of options granted under the Incentive Plan is determined by the Board of Directors, provided that the exercise price of an incentive stock option cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant and the exercise price of a nonstatutory stock option cannot be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant. Options granted under the Incentive Plan vest at the rate specified in the option agreement. No stock option may be transferred by the optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, in certain limited instances, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, provided that the Board of Directors may grant a nonstatutory stock option that is transferable, and provided further that an optionee may designate a beneficiary who may exercise the option following the optionee's death. An optionee whose relationship with the Company or any related corporation ceases for any reason (other than by death or disability) may exercise options in the three-month period following such cessation (unless such options terminate or expire sooner or later by their terms). Options may be exercised for up to 12 months after an optionee's relationship with the Company and its

52

affiliates ceases due to disability or for up to 18 months following an optionee's death (unless such options expire sooner or later by their terms). Shares subject to stock awards that have expired or otherwise terminated without having been exercised in full (or vested in the case of restricted stock awards) will again become available for the grant of awards under the Incentive Plan. Shares subject to exercised stock appreciation rights will not again become available for the grant of new awards.

No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns (or is deemed to own) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, unless the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant and the term of the option does not exceed five years from the date of grant. The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year (under all such plans of the Company and its affiliates) may not exceed $100,000. No person may receive options or stock appreciation rights covering more than 250,000 shares of Common Stock in any calendar year. The Board of Directors has the authority to reprice outstanding options and stock appreciation rights and to offer optionees the opportunity to replace outstanding options and stock appreciation rights with new options and stock appreciation rights for the same or a different number of shares.

Restricted stock purchase awards granted under the Incentive Plan may be granted pursuant to a repurchase option in favor of the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule and at a price determined by the Board of Directors. Restricted stock purchases must be at a price equal to at least 85% of the stock's fair market value on the award date, but stock bonuses may be awarded in consideration of past services without a purchase payment. Rights under a stock bonus or restricted stock bonus agreement may not be transferred other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or, in certain limited instances, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order while the stock awarded pursuant to such an agreement remains subject to the agreement.

Upon certain changes in control of the Company, all outstanding awards under the Incentive Plan will either be assumed, continued or substituted by the surviving entity. If the surviving entity determines not to assume, continue or substitute such awards, with respect to persons then performing services as employees, directors or consultants, the time during which such awards may be exercised will be accelerated and the awards terminated if not exercised prior to such change in control.

As of December 31, 1996, 515,550 shares of Common Stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under the Incentive Plan, options to purchase 407,383 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.52 were outstanding and 547,067 shares remained available for future grant under the Incentive Plan. The Incentive Plan will terminate in July 2006 unless sooner terminated by the Board of Directors. As of December 31, 1996, no stock bonuses, restricted stock or stock appreciation rights had been granted under the Incentive Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. In July 1996, the Company's Board of Directors approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") covering an aggregate of 220,500 shares of Common Stock. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of
Section 423 of the Code. Under the Purchase Plan, the Board of Directors may authorize participation by eligible employees, including officers, in periodic offerings following the adoption of the Purchase Plan. The offering period for any offering may be no more than 27 months.

Employees are eligible to participate if they are employed by the Company or an affiliate of the Company designated by the Board of Directors and, unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the applicable offering, are employed at least 20 hours per week and five months per year. Employees who participate in an offering can have up to 15% of their earnings withheld pursuant to the Purchase Plan and applied, on specified dates determined by the Board of Directors, to the purchase of shares of Common Stock. The price of Common Stock purchased under the Purchase Plan will be equal to 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the commencement date of each offering period or the relevant purchase date. Employees may end their participation in the offering at any time during the offering period, and participation ends automatically on termination of employment with the Company.

53

In the event of certain changes of control, the Company and the Board of Directors has discretion to provide that each right to purchase Common Stock will be assumed or an equivalent right substituted by the successor corporation, or the Board may shorten the offering period and provide for all sums collected by payroll deductions to be applied to purchase stock immediately prior to the change in control. The Purchase Plan will terminate at the Board's direction.

401(k) Plan. In July 1992, the Company established a 401(k) Plan covering certain of the Company's employees. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan, eligible employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit ($9,500 in 1996) and have the amount of such reduction contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan permits, but does not require, additional contributions by the Company on behalf of the participants. To date, the Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan other than to cover administrative and certain other expenses of the 401(k) Plan and participants. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code, so that contributions by employees or by the Company to the 401(k) Plan, and income earned on the 401(k) Plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan, and so that contributions by the Company, if any, will be deductible by the Company when made. The trustee under the
401(k) Plan, at the direction of each participant, invests the 401(k) Plan employee salary deferrals in selected investment options.

54

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 1994, the Company has sold, in a series of private financings, 1,091,593 shares of its Series C Preferred Stock at a price of $8.00 per share, 529,084 shares of its Series D Preferred Stock at a price of $10.50 per share and 380,953 shares of its Series E Preferred Stock at a price of $15.75 per share. The Company sold these securities pursuant to preferred stock purchase agreements and an investors' rights agreement on substantially similar terms (except for terms relating to date and price), under which the Company made standard representations, warranties and covenants, and which provided the purchasers thereunder with registration rights, information rights and rights of first refusal, among other provisions standard in venture capital financings. Each share of Preferred Stock will convert into 1.47 shares of Common Stock upon the closing of this offering. The purchasers of the Preferred Stock included, among others, the following holders of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock and, directors:

                                                    SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK
                                                            PURCHASED
                                                ----------------------------------
                   INVESTOR                     SERIES C     SERIES D     SERIES E
----------------------------------------------  --------     --------     --------
Coral Partners II, a limited partnership......   247,926       95,238           --
Coral Partners IV, a limited partnership......   125,000      190,476           --
Baxter Healthcare Corporation.................   125,000           --      380,953
B. J. Cassin..................................    65,797        4,760           --
Peter H. McNerney.............................     1,250          952           --
Henry E. Stickney.............................    10,690          952           --

In May 1993, pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $800,000 and sold warrants to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $800. The notes accrued interest at the rate of 8% per annum and were convertible into shares of Series C Preferred Stock. In March 1994, the outstanding notes and accrued interest, representing an aggregate of $853,304, were converted into an aggregate of 106,663 shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock. In May 1994, warrants were issued to purchase 15,798 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $5.065 per share. The purchasers of the notes and warrants included, among others, the following holders of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock and directors: (i) Coral Partners II, which purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $208,220 and a warrant to purchase 4,111 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, (ii) Mr. Cassin, who purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $108,274 and a warrant to purchase 2,138 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and (iii) Mr. Stickney, who purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $21,655 and a warrant to purchase 428 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

In August 1993, pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, the Company issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,194,698 and sold warrants to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,200. The notes accrued interest at the rate of 8% per annum and were convertible into shares of Series C Preferred Stock. In March 1994, the outstanding notes and accrued interest, representing an aggregate of $1,250,440, were converted into an aggregate of 156,305 shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock. In May 1994, warrants to purchase 17,570 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $6.80 per share were issued. The purchasers of the notes and warrants included, among others, the following holders of 5% or more of the Company's Common Stock and directors: (i) Coral Partners II, which purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $249,658 and a warrant to purchase 3,671 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) Mr. Cassin, who purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $129,822 and a warrant to purchase 1,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, and (iii) Mr. Stickney, who purchased a convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $25,965 and a warrant to purchase 382 shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

In June 1995, the Company entered into a Transfer Agreement with HRI Research, Inc. ("HRI"). Until December 1996, Mr. Isaacs was President, Chief Financial Officer and a director of HRI and Mr. Hearst is a director and Secretary of HRI. Pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, HRI transferred to the Company all of its right, title and interest to HRI's technology, which generally relates to photochemistry and photoreactive compounds, trademarks and trade names in consideration of $52,610. In addition, the Company purchased

55

certain assets related to technology for $44,930 from HRI. From December 1991 to the date of the purchase, the Company had rented such equipment for an aggregate price of $52,460.

INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY

In July 1996, the Board authorized the Company to enter into indemnity agreements with each of the Company's directors and executive officers. The form of indemnity agreement, which is subject to stockholder approval, provides that the Company will indemnify against any and all expenses of the director or executive officer who incurred such expenses because of his or her status as a director or executive officer, to the fullest extent permitted by the Company's Bylaws and Delaware law. In addition, the Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, subject to certain limitations, and may also secure insurance, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, on behalf of any director, officer, employee or agent against any expense, liability or loss arising out of his or her actions in such capacity.

The Company's Restated Certificate contains certain provisions relating to the limitation of liability of directors. The Company's Restated Certificate provides that a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of a Company director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended. The provision in the Restated Certificate does not eliminate the duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief will remain available under Delaware law. The provision also does not affect a director's responsibilities under any other law, such as the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

56

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of December 31, 1996, assuming the conversion of each share of Preferred Stock into 1.47 shares of Common Stock and the Warrant Exercise, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby and the Baxter Private Placement for (i) each stockholder who is known by the Company to own beneficially more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each Named Executive Officer of the Company, (iii) each director of the Company, and (iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise indicated in the notes to this table, the Company believes, based on information furnished by such owners, that the persons named in the table have voting and investment power with respect to all the shares of Common Stock, subject to community property laws, where applicable.

                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                                                  BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                              SHARES             PRIOR TO        AFTER
                  BENEFICIAL OWNER                     BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)     OFFERING       OFFERING(2)
- -----------------------------------------------------  ---------------------     --------       --------
Coral Partners II, a limited partnership(3)..........        1,316,178             20.6%          14.8%
  60 South Sixth Street
  Suite 3510
  Minneapolis, MN 55402
Baxter Healthcare Corporation(4).....................        1,240,628             18.0%          14.0%
  One Baxter Parkway
  Deerfield, IL 60015
Stephen T. Isaacs(5).................................          346,912              5.4%           3.9%
  Cerus Corporation
  2525 Stanwell Drive, Suite 300
  Concord, CA 94520
David S. Clayton(6)..................................           67,179              1.1%             *
Laurence M. Corash(7)................................          260,925              4.1%           2.9%
John E. Hearst(8)....................................          246,224              3.9%           2.8%
B. J. Cassin(9)......................................          321,413              5.0%           3.6%
  Cerus Corporation
  2525 Stanwell Drive, Suite 300
  Concord, CA 94520
Peter H. McNerney(10)................................        1,319,414             20.7%          14.9%
  Coral Group, Inc.
  60 South Sixth Street
  Suite 3510
  Minneapolis, MN 55402
Dale A. Smith(11)....................................           14,700                *              *
Henry E. Stickney(12)................................           82,702              1.3%             *
All executive officers and directors as a group
  (8 persons)(13)....................................        2,659,469             40.8%          29.5%


* Less than 1%

(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the Commission and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 6,389,000 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 1996 and 8,885,878 shares of Common Stock outstanding after the closing of this offering and the Baxter Private Placement.

(2) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase up to an aggregate of 300,000 shares of Common Stock from the Company.

(3) Includes 463,749 shares of Common Stock held by Coral Partners IV.

(4) Includes 496,878 shares of Common Stock which Baxter has the right to acquire within 60 days of December 31, 1996 in the Baxter Private Placement, subject to the closing of this offering.

57

(5) Includes 7,350 shares held by Stephen T. Isaacs and Kathryn Macbride as trustees for the Alexandra Isaacs Irrevocable Trust and 7,350 shares held by Stephen T. Isaacs and Kathryn Macbride as trustees for the Megan Isaacs Irrevocable Trust. Includes 36,750 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(6) Includes 35,525 shares which are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company that expires ratably through May 1999.

(7) Includes 29,400 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(8) Includes 14,700 shares held by David Paul Hearst Irrevocable Trust and 14,700 shares held by Leslie Jean Hearst Irrevocable Trust. Also includes 7,350 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(9) Includes 255,924 shares held by Brendan Joseph Cassin and Isabel B. Cassin, Trustees of the Cassin Family Trust, 36,750 shares held by Cassin Family Partners, a California Limited Partnership, and 8,091 shares held by Mr. Cassin as conservator for Robert J. Cassin. Includes 14,700 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(10) Includes 852,429 shares of Common Stock held by Coral Partners II and 463,749 shares of Common Stock held by Coral Partners IV. Mr. McNerney is a General Partner of Coral Partners II and Coral Partners IV and disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of his proportionate partnership interest therein.

(11) Includes 14,700 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(12) Includes 18,302 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Stickney as Trustee of the Stickney Family Trust. Also includes 29,400 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 1996, subject to repurchase of unvested shares.

(13) Includes information contained in the notes above, as applicable.

58

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Upon the closing of this offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company will consist of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share.

COMMON STOCK

As of December 31, 1996, there were 6,341,050 shares of Common Stock (including Preferred Stock that will be converted into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering) outstanding held of record by 217 stockholders.

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of the Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preferences of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert their Common Stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

Pursuant to the Company's Restated Certificate, the Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock outstanding and the Company has no plans to issue any of the Preferred Stock.

ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF CHARTER DOCUMENTS AND DELAWARE LAW

Charter Documents. The Restated Certificate and Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control or management of the Company. First, the Company's Board of Directors will be classified into three classes of directors. Under Delaware law, directors of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause unless the corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. The Restated Certificate does not provide otherwise. See "Management -- Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees." In addition, the Restated Certificate provides that all stockholder action must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by a consent in writing. Further, the Bylaws limit who may call special meetings of the stockholders. The Company's Restated Certificate does not include a provision for cumulative voting for directors. Under cumulative voting, a minority stockholder holding a sufficient percentage of a class of shares may be able to ensure the election of one or more directors. Finally, the Bylaws establish procedures, including advance notice procedures, with regard to the nomination of candidates for election as directors and stockholder proposals. These and other provisions of the Restated Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware law could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control or management of the Company. See "Risk Factors -- Effects of Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."

Delaware Takeover Statutes. The Company is subject to the provisions of
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, the statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from

59

engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the holders (or their permitted transferees) of approximately 4,512,345 shares of Common Stock ("Holders"), the Holders are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If the Company proposes to register its Common Stock, subject to certain exceptions, under the Securities Act, the Holders are entitled to notice of the registration and are entitled to include, at the Company's expense, such shares therein, provided that the managing underwriters have the right to limit the number of such shares included in the registration. Registration rights with respect to this offering have been waived. In addition, certain of the Holders may require the Company, on no more than two occasions and, on one of such occasions, at the Company's expense, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of Common Stock. Such rights may not be exercised until six months after the closing of this offering. Further, certain Holders, at their expense, may require the Company to register the shares on Form S-3 when such form becomes available to the Company, subject to certain conditions and limitations. Such right expires on the tenth anniversary of the closing of this offering.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association has been appointed as the transfer agent and registrar for the Company's Common Stock.

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon the closing of this offering and the Baxter Private Placement, the Company will have outstanding 8,885,878 shares of Common Stock, based on the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock outstanding as of December 31, 1996 and assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Of these shares, all the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining 6,885,878 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders are Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. As a result of contractual restrictions and the provisions of Rule 144 and 701, additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows: (i) no Restricted Shares will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this Prospectus, (ii) 5,892,000 Restricted Shares, 164,665 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options and 52,152 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding warrants will be eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this Prospectus upon expiration of lock-up agreements and (iii) the remainder of the Restricted Shares will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective two-year holding periods.

Each officer, director and substantially all stockholders of the Company and holders of options to acquire Common Stock have agreed with the representatives of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the effective date of this Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Period"), subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by such person or are thereafter acquired directly from the Company), or to enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic

60

risks of ownership of the Common Stock, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

As of December 31, 1996, there were 407,383 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options. The Company intends to file registration statements under the Securities Act to register shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Incentive Plan, thus permitting the sale of such shares by non-Affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act. Such registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Holders of substantially all of these option shares have also entered into agreements not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option for contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or to enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risks of ownership of the Common Stock, during the Lock-Up Period without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, any holder, including an Affiliate of the Company, of Restricted Shares as to which at least two years have elapsed since the later of the date of the holder's acquisition of such shares from the Company or from an Affiliate, would be entitled within any three-month period to sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately 88,858 shares immediately after the closing of this offering assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option) or the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144 are subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about the Company. However, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an Affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who beneficially owns Restricted Shares is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above, provided that at least three years have elapsed since the later of the date the shares were acquired from the Company or from an Affiliate of the Company. The foregoing is a summary of Rule 144 and is not intended to be a complete description of that rule.

Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to the resale of securities originally purchased from the Company by its employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the closing of this offering, pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the Commission has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by the Company before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be Restricted Shares and, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus (unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above), may be sold by persons other than Affiliates, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by Affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its two-year minimum holding period requirements.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock will develop or will continue after this offering or that the market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described herein, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and the ability of the Company to raise equity capital in the future.

61

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated are serving as Representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and the Company has agreed to sell to the Underwriters, the respective numbers of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective names below:

                                                                    NUMBER OF
                               NAME                                  SHARES
------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.................................
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated...................................

                                                                    ----------
          Total...................................................  2,000,000
                                                                    ==========

The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several Underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any such shares are taken.

The Underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $ per share. Any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $ per share to other Underwriters or to certain other dealers.

The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 300,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option to purchase solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised, each Underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of such additional shares as the number set forth next to such Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby to the Underwriters.

The Representatives of the Underwriters have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales in excess of five percent of the number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

The Company and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The Company has agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, it will not offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, other than any shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise of an option or warrant, rights to acquire shares issued pursuant to equipment or lease financing activities in the ordinary course of the Company's business or any shares purchased by Baxter pursuant to the

62

Red Cell/Plasma Agreement. In addition, in connection with the offering, the Company, its executive officers and directors and certain existing stockholders of the Company, who will own an aggregate of approximately 6,850,000 shares of Common Stock after the offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, they will not (a) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by such person or are thereafter acquired directly from the Company), or (b) enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) of this paragraph is to be settled by delivery of such Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, other than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) by will or intestacy to the undersigned's immediate family or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned and/or a member or members of his or her immediate family, (iii) as a distribution to limited partners or shareholders of the undersigned, or (iv) with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated; provided that a gift, transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be conditioned upon such donee, transferee or distributee executing and delivering a copy of this Lock-up Agreement to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.

The Underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 6% of the Common Stock offered hereby for employees and directors of the Company and certain other individuals who have expressed an interest in purchasing such shares of Common Stock in the offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.

PRICING OF THE OFFERING

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among the Company and the Representatives of the Underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market and economic conditions, will be the future prospects of the Company (including the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues) and its industry in general, sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information of the Company in recent periods, an assessment of the Company's management, the present stage of the Company's development and clinical and regulatory status, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of the Company. The estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Preliminary Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company by its counsel, Cooley Godward LLP ("Cooley Godward"), San Francisco, California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto, California. As of the date of this Prospectus, GC&H Investments, an investment partnership composed of certain partners of and persons associated with Cooley Godward, beneficially owned 22,447 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Cerus Corporation as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing

63

elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The statements in this Prospectus under the captions "Risk Factors -- Patent and License Uncertainties," "Business -- Patents, Licenses and Proprietary Rights" and other references herein to intellectual property of the Company have been reviewed and approved by Medlen & Carroll, patent counsel for the Company, as experts on such matters, and are included herein in reliance upon that review and approval. As of the date of this Prospectus, certain members of Medlen & Carroll beneficially owned 69,691 shares of Common Stock of the Company.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A Registration Statement on Form S-1, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of Common Stock offered hereby has been filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. For further information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made to such Registration Statement and exhibits. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected by anyone without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from those offices upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the Commission. The Commission maintains a World Wide Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

64

CERUS CORPORATION

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.....................................   F-2
Balance Sheets........................................................................   F-3
Statements of Operations..............................................................   F-4
Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)..........................................   F-5
Statements of Cash Flows..............................................................   F-6
Notes to Financial Statements.........................................................   F-8

F-1

REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Cerus Corporation

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Cerus Corporation as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cerus Corporation at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Walnut Creek, California                  Ernst & Young LLP


April 3, 1996, except for Note 7


as to which the date is January   , 1997

The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the stock split as described in Note 7.

                                          /s/  Ernst & Young LLP

Walnut Creek, California

January 7, 1997

F-2

CERUS CORPORATION

BALANCE SHEETS

                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                          ---------------------------
ASSETS                                       1994            1995         SEPTEMBER 30, 1996         PRO FORMA
                                          -----------     -----------     ------------------       STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                                     EQUITY AT
                                                                             (UNAUDITED)         SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                                 ------------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.............  $ 7,802,275     $ 9,659,017        $  9,476,492
  Other current assets..................      313,603         258,583             289,167
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
Total current assets....................    8,115,878       9,917,600           9,765,659
Furniture and equipment at cost:
  Laboratory and office equipment.......      317,744         508,384             869,475
  Leasehold improvements................    1,427,520       1,440,863           1,440,863
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
                                            1,745,264       1,949,247           2,310,338
  Less accumulated depreciation.........      356,720         686,427           1,035,374
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
Net furniture and equipment.............    1,388,544       1,262,820           1,274,964
Deferred financing costs................           --              --             593,702
Other assets............................      179,873         168,429             135,135
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
Total assets............................  $ 9,684,295     $11,348,849        $ 11,769,460
                                          ===========     ===========        ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable......................  $   503,725     $   257,610        $    692,820
  Accrued compensation and related
     expenses...........................      163,600         355,511             375,854
  Accrued third-party toxicology and
     development expenses...............      586,383              --             827,500
  Accrued financing costs...............           --              --             441,300
  Other accrued expenses................       10,766          42,348             305,087
  Deferred revenue......................      933,241       1,900,504           1,038,672
  Current portion of capital lease
     obligations........................       53,067          98,230             120,660
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
Total current liabilities...............    2,250,782       2,654,203           3,801,893
Deferred revenue........................    1,900,504              --                  --
Capital lease obligations, less current
  portion...............................       93,811          32,007             107,029
Commitments and Contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.001 par value;
     3,199,942 shares authorized
     (5,000,000 pro forma):
     issuable in series: 2,091,593,
     2,620,677, and 3,001,630 shares
     issued and outstanding at December
     31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and
     September 30, 1996, respectively
     (none pro forma); aggregate
     liquidation preference of
     $18,485,267 and $24,485,277 at
     December 31, 1995 and September 30,
     1996, respectively.................        2,092           2,621               3,002           $         --
  Common stock, $.001 par value;
     4,681,833 shares authorized
     (50,000,000 pro forma): 1,413,272,
     1,417,895 and 1,906,757 shares
     issued and outstanding at December
     31, 1994, December 31, 1995 and
     September 30, 1996, respectively
     (6,319,000 shares issued and
     outstanding pro forma).............        1,413           1,418               1,907                  6,319
  Additional paid-in capital............   13,154,907      18,738,135          25,425,415             25,424,005
  Deferred compensation.................           --              --            (377,340)              (377,340)
  Notes receivable from stockholders....      (80,588)        (80,588)            (76,206)               (76,206)
  Accumulated deficit...................   (7,638,626)     (9,998,947)        (17,116,240)           (17,116,240)
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------           ------------
Total stockholders' equity..............    5,439,198       8,662,639           7,860,538           $  7,860,538
                                                                                                    ============
                                          -----------     -----------        ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders'
  equity................................  $ 9,684,295     $11,348,849        $ 11,769,460
                                          ===========     ===========        ============

See accompanying notes.

F-3

CERUS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                                        NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   -------------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                      1993            1994            1995            1995            1996
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
Revenue:
  Licenses, milestones and
     development funding from a
     related party...............  $   200,000     $ 3,901,419     $ 6,047,579     $ 3,065,405     $ 2,468,572
  Government grants..............       30,000         894,929         751,356         598,024         598,278
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Total revenue....................      230,000       4,796,348       6,798,935       3,663,429       3,066,850
Operating expenses:
  Research and development.......    2,484,994       5,680,263       8,125,311       6,550,298       8,919,477
  General and administrative.....    1,210,357       1,193,838       1,517,152       1,048,423       1,620,464
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Total operating expenses.........    3,695,351       6,874,101       9,642,463       7,598,721      10,539,941
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Loss from operations.............   (3,465,351)     (2,077,753)     (2,843,528)     (3,935,292)     (7,473,091)
Other income (expense):
  Interest income................       25,886         320,681         500,028         356,060         368,929
  Interest expense...............      (76,001)        (43,017)        (16,821)        (12,644)        (13,131)
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Total other income (expense).....      (50,115)        277,664         483,207         343,416         355,798
                                   -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------     -----------
Net loss.........................  $(3,515,466)    $(1,800,089)    $(2,360,321)    $(3,591,876)    $(7,117,293)
                                   ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========     ===========
Pro forma net loss per share.....                                  $     (0.38)                    $     (1.08)
                                                                   ===========                     ===========
Shares used in computing pro
  forma net loss per share.......                                    6,233,242                       6,581,628
                                                                   ===========                     ===========

See accompanying notes.

F-4

CERUS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

                                                                                      NOTES
            PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK      ADDITIONAL                    RECEIVABLE                         TOTAL
           ------------------   ------------------     PAID-IN       DEFERRED         FROM        ACCUMULATED     STOCKHOLDERS'
            SHARES     AMOUNT    SHARES     AMOUNT     CAPITAL     COMPENSATION   STOCKHOLDERS      DEFICIT      EQUITY (DEFICIT)
           ---------   ------   ---------   ------   -----------   ------------   -------------   ------------   ----------------
Balances
  at
 December
  31,
  1993...  1,125,000   $1,125   1,499,399   $1,499   $ 5,411,078    $       --      $ (91,552)    $ (5,838,537)    $   (516,387)
 Issuance
     of
   common
 stock...         --       --       5,880        6         3,194            --             --               --            3,200
  Repurchase
     of
     common
     stock
  through
  cancellation
     of notes
     receivable...        --     --   (92,007)    (92)      (6,167)          --         6,259               --               --
 Issuance
     of
   Series
     C
     convertible
preferred
   stock,
     net
     of
 issuance
    costs
     of
     $59,912...   966,540    967        --      --     7,671,441            --             --               --        7,672,408
 Issuance
     of
 warrants
     to
 purchase
   Series
     C
preferred
 stock...         --       --          --       --        75,000            --             --               --           75,000
 Exercise
     of
 warrants
     to
 purchase
   Series
     C
preferred
 stock...         53       --          --       --           361            --             --               --              361
  Payment
     on
    notes
    receivable...        --     --        --     --           --            --          4,705               --            4,705
  Net
  loss...         --       --          --       --            --            --             --       (1,800,089)      (1,800,089)
           ---------   ------   ---------   ------   -----------     ---------       --------      -----------      -----------
Balances
  at
 December
  31,
  1994...  2,091,593    2,092   1,413,272    1,413    13,154,907            --        (80,588)      (7,638,626)       5,439,198
 Exercise
     of
    stock
    options...        --     --     4,623        5         1,681            --             --               --            1,686
 Issuance
     of
   Series
     D
     convertible
preferred
   stock,
     net
     of
 issuance
    costs
     of
     $60,806...   529,084    529        --      --     5,494,047            --             --               --        5,494,576
 Issuance
     of
 warrants
     to
 purchase
   Series
     D
preferred
 stock...         --       --          --       --        87,500            --             --               --           87,500
  Net
  loss...         --       --          --       --            --            --             --       (2,360,321)      (2,360,321)
           ---------   ------   ---------   ------   -----------     ---------       --------      -----------      -----------
Balances
  at
 December
  31,
  1995...  2,620,677    2,621   1,417,895    1,418    18,738,135            --        (80,588)      (9,998,947)       8,662,639
 Exercise
     of
    stock
  options
     (unaudited)...        --     --   488,862    489     252,658           --             --               --          253,147
 Issuance
     of
   Series
     E
     convertible
preferred
   stock,
     net
     of
 issuance
    costs
     of
  $95,213
  (unaudited)...   380,953    381        --     --     5,904,407            --             --               --        5,904,788
  Payment
     on
    notes
    receivable
     (unaudited)...        --     --        --     --          --           --          4,382               --            4,382
 Deferred
 compensation
     (unaudited)...        --     --        --     --     530,215     (530,215)            --               --               --
  Amortization
     of
     deferred
     compensation
   (unaudited)...        --     --        --     --           --       152,875             --               --          152,875
  Net
     loss
     (unaudited)...        --     --        --     --          --           --             --       (7,117,293)      (7,117,293)
           ---------   ------   ---------   ------   -----------     ---------       --------      -----------      -----------
Balance
  at
September
  30,
  1996
  (unaudited)... 3,001,630 $3,002 1,906,757 $1,907   $25,425,415    $ (377,340)     $ (76,206)    $(17,116,240)    $  7,860,538
           =========   ======   =========   ======   ===========     =========       ========      ===========      ===========

See accompanying notes.

F-5

CERUS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           ---------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss.................................  $(3,515,466)  $(1,800,089)  $(2,360,321)  $(3,591,876)  $(7,117,293)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
  cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities:
  Depreciation and amortization..........      131,447       269,954       369,267       260,634       354,242
  Amortization of deferred
     compensation........................           --            --            --            --       152,875
  Common stock issued for consulting
     services............................        4,557         3,200            --            --            --
  Issuance of preferred stock for payment
     of interest.........................           --        33,210            --            --            --
  Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities:
     Other current assets................      (20,297)     (162,134)       72,220      (126,937)      (30,584)
     Other assets........................       63,525        (7,157)       42,184        57,006        27,999
     Accounts payable....................      (88,506)      367,699      (246,115)     (332,507)      435,210
     Accrued compensation and related
       expenses..........................       16,317       133,788       191,911        98,291        20,343
     Accrued third-party toxicology and
       development expenses..............           --       586,383      (586,383)     (586,383)      827,500
     Other accrued expenses..............       44,413        (8,334)       31,582        60,358       262,739
     Income taxes payable................       68,140       (68,140)           --            --            --
     Deferred revenue....................    5,000,000    (2,166,255)     (933,241)    1,298,933      (861,832)
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
  activities.............................    1,704,130    (2,817,875)   (3,418,896)   (2,862,481)   (5,928,801)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of furniture and equipment.....     (280,649)     (989,656)     (124,359)     (109,638)     (134,155)
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash used in investing activities....     (280,649)     (989,656)     (124,359)     (109,638)     (134,155)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from sale of preferred
  stock..................................    2,430,600     5,569,026     5,494,576     5,494,576     5,904,788
Proceeds from issuance of common stock...        1,995            --         1,686           770       253,147
Deferred financing costs.................           --            --            --            --      (152,402)
Payments on notes receivable from
  shareholders...........................           --         4,705            --            --         4,382
Proceeds from convertible notes
  payable................................    1,994,698            --            --            --            --
Payments on capital lease obligations....           --       (40,157)      (96,265)      (63,038)     (129,484)
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net cash provided by financing
  activities.............................    4,427,293     5,533,574     5,399,997     5,432,308     5,880,431
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents............................    5,850,774     1,726,043     1,856,742     2,460,189      (182,525)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of
  period.................................      225,458     6,076,232     7,802,275     7,802,275     9,659,017
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
  period.................................  $ 6,076,232   $ 7,802,275   $ 9,659,017   $10,262,464   $ 9,476,492
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

See accompanying notes.

F-6

CERUS CORPORATION

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- (CONTINUED)

                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                  YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           ---------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
Supplemental disclosures:
  Interest paid..........................  $     1,162   $        --   $    16,821   $    12,644   $    13,131
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Income taxes paid......................  $        --   $    68,140   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Supplemental schedule of noncash
  investing and financing activities:
  Repurchase of common stock through
     cancellation of notes receivable....  $        --   $     6,259   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Issuance of preferred stock warrants in
     connection with an operating lease
     line................................  $    29,600   $    75,000   $    87,500   $    87,500   $        --
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Issuance of Series C preferred stock in
     exchange for convertible notes
     payable and accrued interest........  $        --   $ 2,070,533   $        --   $        --   $        --
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Capital lease obligations incurred.....  $        --   $   187,035   $    79,624   $    79,624   $   226,936
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
  Deferred compensation related to stock
     option grants.......................  $        --   $        --   $        --   $        --   $   530,215
                                           ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

See accompanying notes.

F-7

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

1. THE COMPANY AND ITS SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Cerus Corporation (the "Company"), incorporated in California on September 19, 1991 as Steritech, Inc., is developing systems designed to improve the safety of blood transfusions by inactivating infectious pathogens in blood components used for transfusion (platelets, fresh frozen plasma ("FFP") and red blood cells) and inhibiting the leukocyte (white blood cell) activity that is responsible for certain adverse immune and other transfusion-related reactions. The Company has entered into two development and commercialization agreements with Baxter Healthcare Corporation ("Baxter") to develop, manufacture and market, these pathogen inactivation systems. The Company has not received any revenues from product sales, and all revenues recognized by the Company to date have resulted from the Company's agreements with Baxter and federal research grants. The Company will be required to conduct significant research, development, testing and regulatory compliance activities on its pathogen inactivation systems that, together with anticipated general and administrative expenses, are expected to result in substantial additional losses.

USE OF ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The financial information at September 30, 1996 and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited, but includes all adjustments that the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth therein, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The results for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future period or for the entire year ended December 31, 1996.

REVENUES AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES

Revenues related to the cost reimbursement provisions under development contracts are recognized as the costs on the project are incurred. Revenues related to milestones specified under development contracts are recognized as the milestones are achieved. Prepaid license fees, included in deferred revenue, are recognized as revenues on a pro rata basis upon achievement of milestones. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

The Company receives certain United States government grants which support the Company's research effort in defined research projects. These grants generally provide for reimbursement of approved costs incurred as defined in the various grants. Revenues associated with these grants are recognized as costs under each grant are incurred.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities less than three months when purchased to be cash and cash equivalents. Substantially all of the Company's cash and cash equivalents are maintained by two major financial institutions.

F-8

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

Depreciation on equipment is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets (principally five years for laboratory equipment and furniture and three years for office equipment). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the improvements.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"). The Company will adopt SFAS 123 in 1996. It is the Company's intention to continue to account for employee stock options in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 and to adopt the "disclosure only" alternative described in SFAS 123.

INCOME TAXES

The Company accounts for income taxes based upon Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

NET LOSS PER SHARE

Net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding. Common stock equivalent shares from convertible preferred stock and from stock options and warrants are not included as the effect is anti-dilutive. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletins, however, common and common equivalent shares (stock options, warrants and preferred stock) issued by the Company at prices below the initial public offering price during the twelve-month period prior to the initial public offering have been included in the calculation as if they were outstanding for all periods presented (using the treasury stock method at the estimated initial public offering price for stock options and warrants and the as-if-converted method for preferred stock). Per share information calculated on the above basis is as follows:

                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                     YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                         30,
                             ----------------------------------------     ---------------------------
                                1993           1994           1995           1995             1996
                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------       ----------
Net loss per share.........  $    (1.25)    $    (0.65)    $    (0.87)    $    (1.32)      $    (2.61)
                             ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========       ==========
Shares used in computing
  net loss per share.......   2,801,254      2,754,616      2,727,029      2,726,515        2,729,386
                             ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========       ==========

PRO FORMA NET LOSS PER SHARE

Pro forma net loss per share has been computed as described above and also gives effect, even if antidilutive, to common equivalent shares from convertible preferred shares that will automatically convert to common shares upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering (using the as-if-converted method).

F-9

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY

The Company's unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity as of September 30, 1996 gives effect to the conversion of all convertible preferred stock outstanding into an aggregate of 4,412,243 shares of common stock, effective upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering. The unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity does not assume the exercise of any outstanding warrants to purchase shares of capital stock.

2. LICENSING AGREEMENTS WITH BAXTER HEALTHCARE CORPORATION, A RELATED PARTY OF THE COMPANY

In December 1993, the Company entered into a development, manufacturing and marketing agreement with Baxter relating to the development of a system for the inactivation of pathogens in the platelet component of human blood (the "Platelet System"). The agreement grants to Baxter the exclusive right to market and distribute the Platelet System throughout the world, subject to certain conditions.

In 1993, under the terms of the agreement, the Company received $5.2 million in license fees and milestone and development payments. In 1994 and 1995, the Company received milestone and development payments from Baxter under this agreement totaling $1.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively. Under this agreement, the Company is to receive a specified percentage of revenues from sales of inactivation system disposables after deducting from such revenues the amount by which Baxter's and the Company's cost of goods for the inactivation system disposables exceeds certain dollar amounts specified in the agreement.

In July 1995, the Company entered into two interim research funding agreements with Baxter relating to the development of certain technologies for the pathogen inactivation of the red cell and FFP components of human blood. Under the terms of these agreements, the Company received cash proceeds of $2,580,000 in 1995 to be used for certain incurred and future research and development expenses.

On April 1, 1996, the Company entered into a development, manufacturing and marketing agreement with Baxter to develop pathogen inactivation systems for blood components and products other than platelets. The agreement grants Baxter the exclusive right to market and distribute the systems throughout the world, subject to certain conditions. The agreement specifies two initial programs for pathogen inactivation systems for red cells and FFP. These programs are under development by the Company. The costs incurred during 1996 on these two programs will be funded by the Company. Subsequent costs will be shared equally by the parties upon approval to commence Phase 3 clinical trials for the Platelet System. Under this agreement, the Company and Baxter are to share gross profits from sales of inactivation systems after deducting from such gross profits a specified percentage allocation to be retained by the marketing party for marketing and administrative expenses. Either party may terminate work on any or all projects with 90 days written notice. Neither party, however, may terminate work on the red cell or plasma projects prior to January 1, 1998.

Under the terms of this agreement, Baxter purchased 190,477 shares of Series E preferred stock at $15.75 per share for $3,000,000 in cash on April 1, 1996, and an additional 190,476 shares of Series E preferred stock on July 1, 1996 at $15.75 per share for $3,000,000 in cash. The agreement calls for specific equity investments by Baxter to be made at 120% of the market price at the time of each investment, subject to the achievement of certain milestones as follows: (i) $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1997 and the approval to commence a Phase 3 study in the United States or Europe in the program under the Platelet Agreement, (ii) either $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the achievement of both (a) the mutual determination by the Company and Baxter that there is sufficient data to conclude that the Phase 3 platelet trials are likely to satisfy specified criteria (the "Interim Platelet Determination") and (b) the filing of an IND with the FDA to begin a Phase 1 study under the red cell program or comparable filing in Europe under such program, or separate equity investments of $2 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the Interim

F-10

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

Platelet Determination and $3 million, upon the later of January 10, 1998 and the approval of an IND by the FDA under the red cell program or comparable approval in Europe under such program, and (iii) $5 million, upon the later of January 10, 1999 and the achievement of both (a) the approval by the FDA to commence a Phase 2 study in the United States or comparable approval in Europe under the red cell project and the (b) approval of a New Drug Application by the FDA under the platelet program or comparable approval in Europe under such program.

Baxter has agreed that it will not at any time, nor will it permit any of its affiliates, to own capital stock of the Company having 20.1% or more of the outstanding voting power of the Company. Such restrictions on stock purchases will not apply in the event a third party makes a tender offer for a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or if the Board of Directors of the Company determines to liquidate or sell to a third party substantially all of the assets or a majority of the voting securities of the Company or to approve a merger or consolidation in which the Company's stockholders will not own a majority of the voting securities of the surviving entity.

Revenue relating to licenses, milestones and development funding for all periods presented are as a result of agreements with Baxter.

3. LEASES

The Company leases its office facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases with initial terms in excess of one year which require the Company to pay operating costs, property taxes, insurance and maintenance. These facility leases generally contain renewal options and provisions adjusting the lease payments.

In 1994, the Company entered into various capital lease agreements for laboratory and office equipment. Capital lease obligations represent the present value of future rental payments under these leases. The original cost and accumulated amortization on the equipment under capital leases is $187,035 and $37,408, respectively, at December 31, 1994 and $266,659 and $71,465, respectively, at December 31, 1995.

Future minimum payments under capital and operating leases are as follows:

                                                                       CAPITAL      OPERATING
                      YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                          LEASES        LEASES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  --------     ----------
     1996............................................................  $106,490     $  625,112
     1997............................................................    33,215        540,517
     1998............................................................        --        356,995
     1999............................................................        --        140,209
     2000............................................................        --             --
                                                                       --------     ----------
       Total minimum lease payments..................................   139,705     $1,662,833
                                                                                    ==========
     Amount representing interest....................................     9,468
                                                                       --------
     Present value of net minimum lease payments.....................   130,237
     Current portion.................................................    98,230
                                                                       --------
     Long-term portion...............................................  $ 32,007
                                                                       ========

F-11

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

Rent expense for office facilities and certain equipment was $460,783, $602,662, and $801,632 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

4. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

PREFERRED STOCK

Preferred stock consists of the following:

                                      SHARES DESIGNATED                   SHARES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
                            -------------------------------------     -------------------------------------
                                DECEMBER 31,                              DECEMBER 31,
                            ---------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,     ---------------------   SEPTEMBER 30,
                              1994        1995          1996            1994        1995          1996
                            ---------   ---------   -------------     ---------   ---------   -------------
Series A..................    761,079     761,079       761,079         714,286     714,286       714,286
Series B..................    305,461     305,461       305,461         285,714     285,714       285,714
Series C..................  1,147,449   1,147,449     1,147,449       1,091,593   1,091,593     1,091,593
Series D..................         --     605,000       605,000              --     529,084       529,084
Series E..................         --          --       380,953              --          --       380,953
                            ----------  ----------   ----------       ----------  ----------   ----------
                            2,213,989   2,818,989     3,199,942       2,091,593   2,620,677     3,001,630
                            ==========  ==========   ==========       ==========  ==========   ==========

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative, annual dividends of $0.46, $0.61, $0.96, $1.26 and $1.89 per share, respectively, prior to any dividends on common stock. Subject to certain conversion price provisions, each share of preferred stock is convertible into 1.47 shares of common stock at the option of the stockholders. Preferred stockholders are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible. Shares automatically convert upon the closing of an initial public offering of common stock with a per share price of at least $13.13 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends and the like) and with net cash proceeds to the Company of at least $10,000,000 or at any time more than two-thirds of the shares of preferred stock authorized, issued and outstanding have been converted.

In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Series A, B, C, D and E convertible preferred stock have a liquidation preference over holders of common stock equal to $3.85, $5.075, $8.00, $10.50 and $15.75 per share, respectively, plus any declared but unpaid dividends (none as of June 30, 1996). Any remaining assets would be distributed pro rata to holders of common and preferred shares on an as-converted basis until the preferred stockholders of Series A, B, C, D and E receive an aggregate of $15.40, $20.30, $32.00, $31.50 and $15.75, respectively, inclusive of the respective liquidation preference amounts referred to above.

F-12

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN

In January 1992, the Company's Board of Directors approved the 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), which provides for the grant of stock options to purchase up to 588,000 of the Company's common stock. An additional 441,000 shares were reserved under the Plan for future grant by the Company's Board of Directors in 1996. Under the Plan, two types of options may be granted:
Incentive Stock Options ("ISOs") and Non-Qualified Stock Options ("NQSOs"). The ISOs may be granted at a price per share not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. The NQSOs may be granted at a price per share not less than 85% of the fair market value at the date of grant. The option term is 10 years. Vesting, as determined by the Board of Directors, generally occurs ratably over four years. In the event option holders cease to be employed by the Company, except in the event of death or disability or as otherwise provided in the option grant, all unvested options are forfeited and all vested options must be exercised within a three-month period, otherwise the options are forfeited. Options granted are immediately exercisable, and unvested (but issued) shares are subject to repurchase by the Company if the holder is no longer employed by the Company. As of September 30, 1996, 166,293 shares were subject to this repurchase provision.

Activity under the Plan is set forth below:

                                                                          OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                     NUMBER OF
                                                                      SHARES       PRICE PER SHARE
                                                                     ---------     ---------------
Balances at December 31, 1993......................................    237,537       $.262- .345
  Granted..........................................................    265,129              .544
  Cancelled........................................................     (4,410)             .544
                                                                      --------       -----------
Balances at December 31, 1994......................................    498,256        .262- .544
  Granted..........................................................     75,705              .714
  Cancelled........................................................    (63,290)       .262- .544
  Exercised........................................................     (4,623)       .262- .544
                                                                      --------       -----------
Balances at December 31, 1995......................................    506,048        .262- .714
  Granted (unaudited)..............................................    412,290        .714-8.163
  Cancelled (unaudited)............................................     (5,879)       .262- .714
  Exercised (unaudited)............................................   (488,862)       .544-2.721
                                                                      --------       -----------
Balances at September 30, 1996 (unaudited).........................    423,595       $.262-8.163
                                                                      ========       ===========

At December 31, 1995, options to purchase 300,265 shares of common stock were vested at prices ranging from $.262-$.714. At September 30, 1996, options to purchase 406,377 shares of common stock were vested at prices ranging from $.262-$2.721 and options to purchase 552,887 shares of common stock were available for future grant.

The Company recognized deferred compensation of $530,215 for the difference between the exercise price and deemed fair value of certain stock options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 1996. This amount is being amortized by periodic charges to operations over the four year vesting periods of the individual options. Amortization expense related to deferred compensation totaled $152,875 for the nine-month period ended September 30, 1996.

F-13

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

WARRANTS

The Company had the following warrants outstanding at December 31, 1995 to purchase shares of preferred stock:

 NUMBER       PREFERRED        EXERCISE          DATE
OF SHARES       STOCK       PRICE PER SHARE     ISSUED
- ---------     ---------     ---------------     ------                 EXPIRATION OF WARRANTS
                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                                         At the earlier of:
                                                             May 2002 or five years after initial public
  20,779       Series A         $  3.85          5/92        offering
                                                             July 2003 or five years after initial public
   3,949       Series B         $  5.07          7/93        offering
  15,798       Series B         $  5.07          5/94        May 1998 or initial public offering
  17,517       Series C         $  6.80          5/94        August 1998 or initial public offering
                                                             May 2004 or five years after initial public
   6,250       Series C         $  8.00          5/94        offering
                                                             April 2005 or five years after initial public
   4,500       Series D         $ 10.50          4/95        offering
  68,793

In May 1993 and August 1993, the Company entered into convertible note payable agreements with investors for $1,994,698 cash with the principal amount of the notes bearing interest at 8% per annum. The notes were due on demand. Additionally, the note holders were issued warrants to purchase 15,798 and 17,570 shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, respectively, which are included above less any redeemed warrants. The purchase price for the warrants was $.001 per warrant. In March 1994, these note holders converted their notes and accrued interest, together with an additional $3,550,321 in cash, for 706,758 shares of Series C preferred stock for $8.00 per share. In September 1994, 53 shares under the Series C warrant were exercised at $6.80 per share. All of the remaining warrants were issued in connection with an operating lease line.

All of the outstanding warrants will become exercisable for common stock if the Company completes an initial public offering of its common stock.

5. INCOME TAXES

Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows:

                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                       1994            1995
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Net operating loss carryforward...................................  $ 1,600,000     $ 2,600,000
Research and development credit carryforward......................      300,000         400,000
Deferred revenue..................................................    1,100,000         800,000
Capitalized research and development..............................      100,000         300,000
Other.............................................................      100,000         100,000
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Gross deferred tax assets.........................................    3,200,000       4,200,000
Valuation allowance...............................................   (3,200,000)     (4,200,000)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
Net deferred tax assets...........................................  $        --     $        --
                                                                    ===========     ===========

The valuation allowance increased by $692,000 and $1,000,000 for the fiscal years ended in 1994 and 1995, respectively. The Company believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates sufficient uncertainty regarding the realizability of the deferred tax assets such that a full valuation allowance has been recorded. These factors include the Company's history of net losses since its inception, the

F-14

CERUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(INFORMATION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

need for FDA approval of the Company's products prior to commercialization, expected near-term future losses, the nature of the Company's deferred tax assets, the lack of firm sales backlog, no significant excess of appreciated asset value over the tax basis of the Company's net assets and the absence of taxable income in prior carryback years.

Although management's operating plans assume, beyond the near-term, taxable and operating income in future periods, management evaluation of all available information in assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes," indicates that such plans were subject to considerable uncertainty. Therefore, the valuation allowance was increased to fully reserve the Company's deferred tax assets. The Company will continue to assess the realizability of the deferred tax assets based on actual and forecasted operating results.

At December 31, 1995, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $7,200,000 for federal and $1,800,000 for state income tax purposes. The Company also had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $300,000 for federal income tax purposes at December 31, 1995. The federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards expire between the years 2007 and 2010. The state net operating loss expires in 2000.

Utilization of the Company's net operating losses and credits are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

6. RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company maintains a defined contribution savings plan (the "401(k) Plan") that qualifies under the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code and covers all employees of the Company. Under the terms of the
401(k) Plan, employees may contribute varying amounts of their annual compensation. The Company may contribute a discretionary percentage of qualified individual employee's salaries, as defined, to the 401(k) Plan. Company contributions of $2,423, $3,300 and $2,700 were charged to operations in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, in order to cover certain costs of the 401(k) Plan.

7. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK

On July 24, 1996, the Board of Directors authorized the Company to proceed with an initial public offering of the Company's common stock. If the offering is consummated under the terms presently anticipated, all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock at September 30, 1996 will automatically convert into 4,412,243 shares of common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 1996, is set forth on the accompanying balance sheet. The unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity does not assume the exercise of any outstanding warrants to purchase shares of capital stock.

REINCORPORATION AND STOCK SPLIT

On July 24, 1996, the Board of Directors approved a change in the name of the Corporation to "Cerus Corporation." The Company will effect a stock split of all outstanding shares of common stock such that each share of common stock will be split into 1.47 shares of common stock. The stock split is expected to become effective prior to the effective date of the offering. All common shares in the accompanying financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the stock split. In connection with the stock split, the conversion and exercise provisions of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, stock options and warrants

F-15

have been adjusted accordingly. At the same time, the Board authorized the Company to proceed with the reincorporation of the Company into Delaware. Upon the reincorporation, the authorized stock of the Company will become 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $.001 per share. Also upon reincorporation, the Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock.

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

On July 24, 1996, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder approval, the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Incentive Plan") as an amendment and restatement of the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan, and reserved an additional 441,000 shares of common stock for issuance thereunder. The Incentive Plan provides for grants of incentive stock options to employees and non statutory stock options, restricted stock purchase awards, stock appreciation rights and stock bonuses to employees, directors and consultants of the Company.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

On July 24, 1996, the Company's Board of Directors approved the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Purchase Plan") subject to stockholder approval, covering an aggregate of 220,500 shares of Common Stock. The Purchase Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of
Section 423(b) of the Code. Under the Purchase Plan, the Board of Directors may authorize participation by eligible employees, including officers, in periodic offerings following the adoption of the Purchase Plan. The offering period for any offering will be no more than 27 months.

TRADE SECRET MATTER

In August 1996, an Australian entity, alleged that its unspecified trade secrets and know-how were used in the development by the Company of unspecified compounds for the Company's red cell program without its consent. This entity has indicated that it is seeking compensation in the form of royalties or a lump sum payment. Based on its investigation of the matter to date, the Company believes that the claims are without merit. However, any future litigation involving these allegations would be subject to inherent uncertainties, especially in cases where complex technical issues are decided by a lay jury. There can be no assurance that, if a lawsuit were commenced, it would not be decided against the Company. In which case, settlement of this claim could have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

AMENDMENT TO LICENSING AGREEMENT WITH BAXTER HEATHCARE CORPORATION, A RELATED PARTY OF THE COMPANY

On January 7, 1997, the Company and Baxter amended the Platelet Agreement to provide that the Company would receive an additional 2.2% shared revenue from the sale of the platelet inactivation systems in return for payment by the Company to Baxter of $5.5 million in 1997 for development costs. However, the agreement reaffirms the original 50% cost sharing arrangement.

F-16

1. Depiction of DNA virus with psoralen crosslinks indicated. With caption

"ELECTRON MICROGRAPH OF A PSORALEN-TREATED DNA VIRUS.

The psoralen crosslinks inactivate the virus."

2. Depiction of four DNA double helix structures. The first structure depicts the introduction of psoralen. The second structure depicts the psoralen moving into the double helix. The third structure depicts the linking of psoralen to one strand of the DNA helix. The fourth structure depicts the linking of psoralen to both strands of the DNA helix. With caption

"REPRESENTATION OF THE INACTIVATION PROCESS.

Psoralen moves inside the double helix structure ('docking'). When light is added, the psoralen undergoes a photochemical reaction that irreversibly binds one end of its structure to one strand of the DNA helix, forming half the crosslink ('link'). In the final step, a second photochemical reaction completes the crosslink between the two DNA strands ('crosslink'), preventing replication."


CERUS


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of Common Stock being registered. All the amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market application fee.

SEC registration fee...............................................  $12,594
NASD filing fee....................................................    3,950
Nasdaq National Market application fee.............................   39,715
Blue sky qualification fee and expenses............................
Printing and engraving expenses....................................
Legal fees and expenses............................................
Accounting fees and expenses.......................................
Transfer agent and registrar fees..................................
Miscellaneous......................................................
                                                                     -------
          Total....................................................  $
                                                                     =======

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award or a corporation's Board of Directors to grant indemnification to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant's Bylaws provide for mandatory indemnification of its directors and executive officers and permissible indemnification of officers, employees and other agents to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its executive officers and directors, a form of which is attached as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and incorporated herein by reference. The indemnification agreements provide the Registrant's officers and directors with further indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Company plans to also obtain directors' and officers' insurance to insure its directors and officers against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement contained in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors of the Registrant against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

Since July 1993, the Registrant has sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

(1) In July 1993, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,949 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to Comdisco, Inc., in connection with an equipment lease, at an exercise price of $5.065 per share.

(2) In May 1994, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 15,798 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to certain non-employee investors at an exercise price of $5.065 per share, all of which will expire upon the closing of this offering.

(3) In May 1994, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 6,250 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to Comdisco, Inc., in connection with an equipment lease, at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.

(4) In May 1994, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 17,570 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to certain non-employee investors at an exercise price of $6.80 per share. Of these

II-1


warrants, warrants to purchase 53 shares of Series C Preferred Stock were exercised. The remaining warrants will expire upon the closing of this offering.

(5) In December 1993, March through June 1994, the Company sold an aggregate of 1,091,593 shares of the Company's Series C Preferred Stock to certain non-employee investors for an aggregate purchase price of $8,732,680.

(6) In April 1995, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,500 shares of Series D Preferred Stock to Comdisco, Inc., in connection with an equipment lease, at an exercise price of $10.50 per share.

(7) In April, May and June 1995, the Company sold an aggregate of 529,084 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock to certain non-employee investors for an aggregate purchase price of $5,555,382.

(8) In April 1996 and July 1996, the Company sold an aggregate of 380,953 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred Stock to Baxter for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000.

(9) From January 1992 to December 1996, the Company granted stock options to employees, directors and consultants covering an aggregate of 996,554 shares of the Company's Common Stock, at an average exercise price varying from $0.26 to $10.20. Of such shares, 515,550 shares have been issued and sold pursuant to the exercise of such options. Options to purchase 73,579 shares of Common Stock have been canceled or have lapsed without being exercised or otherwise been canceled.

The Company claimed exemptions under the Securities Act from registration under the Securities Act for the sale and issuance of securities in the transaction described in paragraphs (1) through (8) by virtue of Section 4(2) or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions not involving public offering. The purchasers in each case represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and with a view to the distribution thereof. Appropriate legends are affixed to the stock certificates issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

The sales and issuances in the transactions described in paragraph (9) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by virtue of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder, in that they were issued pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan, as provided by Rule 701.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- --------    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  2.1*      Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger to be used in connection with the
            Registrant's Reincorporation in Delaware.
  3.1       Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2*      Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective
            following the closing of this offering.
  3.3*      Registrant's Bylaws.
  4.1*      Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 through 3.3.
  4.2       Specimen stock certificate.
  5.1       Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
 10.1*      Form of Indemnity Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant and each of
            its directors and executive officers.
 10.2*      1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 10.3*      Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
 10.4*      Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.

II-2


EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                  DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- --------    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 10.5*      1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
 10.6**     Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan Offering.
 10.7*      Warrant Agreement, dated May 11, 1992, between the Registrant and Comdisco, Inc.
            to purchase Series A Preferred Stock
 10.8*      Warrant Agreement, dated July 12, 1993, between the Registrant and Comdisco, Inc.
            to purchase Series B Preferred Stock
 10.9*      Warrant Agreement, dated May 25, 1994, between the Registrant and Comdisco, Inc.
            to purchase Series C Preferred Stock
 10.10*     Warrant Agreement, dated April 25, 1995, between the Registrant and Comdisco,
            Inc. to purchase Series D Preferred Stock
 10.11*     Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the Registrant.
 10.12*     Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the Registrant.
 10.13*     Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 1995, between the
            Registrant and certain investors.
 10.14*     Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, between the
            Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.15*     Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 3, 1996, between the Registrant
            and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.16*     Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, among the
            Registrant and certain investors.
 10.17*+    Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement, dated December 10, 1993,
            between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.18*+    Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement, dated April 1, 1996, between
            the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.19*+    Supply Agreement, dated July 18, 1994.
 10.20*+    Custom Synthesis Agreement, dated March 14, 1996.
 10.21*     Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated October 1, 1992, between the Registrant and
            Shamrock Development Company, as amended on May 16, 1994 and December 21, 1995.
 10.22*     Real Property Lease, dated August 8, 1996, between the Registrant and S.P. Cuff.
 10.23*     Lease, dated February 1, 1996, between the Registrant and Holmgren Partners.
 10.24      First Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 9, 1996,
            between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.25+     Amendment, dated as of January 3, 1997, to the Agreement filed as Exhibit 10.17.
 10.26      Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1997, between the Registrant and
            Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
 10.27+     Research, Development, Reduction to Practice and Manufacturing Contract, dated as
            of October 1, 1996.
 11.1       Statement Regarding Computation of Net Loss Per Share.
 23.1       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
 23.2       Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
 23.3**     Consent of Medlen & Carroll.
 24.1*      Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page.
 27.1       Financial Data Schedule.


* Previously filed.

** To be filed by amendment.

+ Request is being made for confidential treatment of certain portions of this exhibit.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

II-3


Schedules are omitted because they are not required, they are not applicable or the information is already included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective, and (2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Concord, State of California, on the 8th day of January, 1997.

CERUS CORPORATION

By:     /s/  STEPHEN T. ISAACS
  --------------------------------
  Stephen T. Isaacs
  President and Chief Executive
    Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

                SIGNATURE                               TITLE                      DATE
- ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------  ------------------
          /s/  STEPHEN T. ISAACS            President, Chief Executive         January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------  Officer and Director
            Stephen T. Isaacs               (Principal Executive Officer)
          /s/  DAVID S. CLAYTON*            Vice President, Finance and        January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------  Chief Financial Officer
             David S. Clayton               (Principal Financial and
                                            Accounting Officer)
            /s/  B. J. CASSIN*              Chairman of the Board              January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------
               B. J. Cassin
           /s/  JOHN E. HEARST*             Director                           January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------
              John E. Hearst
         /s/  PETER H. MCNERNEY*            Director                           January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------
            Peter H. McNerney
           /s/  DALE A. SMITH*              Director                           January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------
              Dale A. Smith
         /s/  HENRY E. STICKNEY*            Director                           January 8, 1997
- ------------------------------------------
            Henry E. Stickney
*By:       /s/ STEPHEN T.ISAACS
    --------------------------------------
     Stephen T. Isaacs
     Attorney-in-fact

II-5


EXHIBIT INDEX

                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                NUMBERED
NUMBER                              DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                              PAGE
- -----        ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
 1.1      -- Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 2.1 *    -- Form of Agreement and Plan of Merger to be used in connection with the
             Registrant's Reincorporation in Delaware.
 3.1      -- Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
 3.2 *    -- Registrant's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be
             effective following the closing of this offering.
 3.3 *    -- Registrant's Bylaws.
 4.1 *    -- Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 through 3.3.
 4.2      -- Specimen stock certificate.
 5.1      -- Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
10.1 *    -- Form of Indemnity Agreement to be entered into between the Registrant
             and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2 *    -- 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.3 *    -- Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Equity
             Incentive Plan.
10.4 *    -- Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 1996 Equity
             Incentive Plan.
10.5 *    -- 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6 **   -- Form of Employee Stock Purchase Plan Offering.
10.7 *    -- Warrant Agreement, dated May 11, 1992, between the Registrant and
             Comdisco, Inc. to purchase Series A Preferred Stock
10.8 *    -- Warrant Agreement, dated July 12, 1993, between the Registrant and
             Comdisco, Inc. to purchase Series B Preferred Stock
10.9 *    -- Warrant Agreement, dated May 25, 1994, between the Registrant and
             Comdisco, Inc. to purchase Series C Preferred Stock
10.10*    -- Warrant Agreement, dated April 25, 1995, between the Registrant and
             Comdisco, Inc. to purchase Series D Preferred Stock
10.11*    -- Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of the
             Registrant.
10.12*    -- Form of Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of the
             Registrant.
10.13*    -- Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 1995,
             between the Registrant and certain investors.
10.14*    -- Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 1, 1996,
             between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.15*    -- Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated September 3, 1996, between the
             Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.16*    -- Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 1, 1996,
             among the Registrant and certain investors.
10.17*+   -- Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement, dated December 10,
             1993, between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.18*+   -- Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement, dated April 1,
             1996, between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.19*+   -- Supply Agreement, dated July 18, 1994.


                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT                                                                                NUMBERED
NUMBER                              DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT                              PAGE
- -----        ----------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
10.20*+   -- Custom Synthesis Agreement, dated March 14, 1996.
10.21*    -- Industrial Real Estate Lease, dated October 1, 1992, between the
             Registrant and Shamrock Development Company, as amended on May 16,
             1994 and December 21, 1995.
10.22*    -- Real Property Lease, dated August 8, 1996, between the Registrant and
             S.P. Cuff.
10.23*    -- Lease, dated February 1, 1996, between the Registrant and Holmgren
             Partners.
10.24     -- First Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated December 9,
             1996, between the Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.25+    -- Amendment dated as of January 3, 1997, to the Agreement filed as
             Exhibit 10.17.
10.26     -- Memorandum of Agreement, dated as of January 3, 1997, between the
             Registrant and Baxter Healthcare Corporation.
10.27+    -- Research, Development, Reduction to Practice and Manufacturing
             Contract, dated as of October 1, 1996.
11.1      -- Statement Regarding Computation of Net Loss Per Share.
23.1      -- Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors.
23.2      -- Consent of Cooley Godward LLP. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
23.3 **   -- Consent of Medlen & Carroll.
24.1 *    -- Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page.
27.1      -- Financial Data Schedule.


* Previously filed.

** To be filed by amendment.

+ Request is being made for confidential treatment of certain portions of this

exhibit.


Draft of January 5, 1997

2,000,000 Shares

CERUS CORPORATION

Common Stock
$.001 par value

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

__________ __, 1997


__________ __, 1997

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
as Representatives of the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, New York 10036

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Cerus Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters"), an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of its common stock ($.001 per share par value) (the "Firm Shares").

The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters not more than an additional 300,000 shares of its common stock ($.001 per share par value) (the "Additional Shares"), if and to the extent that you, as managers of the offering, shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the Underwriters, the right to purchase such shares of common stock granted to the Underwriters in Article II hereof. The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Shares." The shares of common stock, ($.001 per share par value), of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the "Common Stock."

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement, including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective, including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement;" the prospectus in the form first used to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus." If the Company files a registration statement to register a portion of the Shares and relies on Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act for such registration statement to become effective upon filing with the Commission (the "Rule 462 Registration Statement"), then any reference to the "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to refer to both the registration statement referred to above (Commission File No. 333-11341) and the Rule 462 Registration Statement, in each case as amended from time to time.

I.

The Company represents and warrants to each of the Underwriters that:

(a) The Registration Statement has become effective, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect, and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the Commission.


(b) (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not contain, and as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
(ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph (b) do not apply to statements or omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

(c) The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(d) The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity.

(e) The Company has good and marketable title in fee simple to all real property and good and marketable title to all personal property owned by it which is material to the business of the Company in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company; and any real property and buildings held under lease by the Company are held by it under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and currently proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(f) The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

(g) The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth in the Prospectus, the Company does not have outstanding any options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options, rights, convertible securities or obligations. All outstanding shares of capital stock and options and other rights to acquire capital stock have been issued in compliance with the registration and qualification provisions of all applicable securities laws and were not issued in violation of any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights.

(h) The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights.

(i) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

-2-

(j) The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company, or any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company that is material to the Company, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

(k) There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company from that set forth in the Prospectus.

(l) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) the Company has not incurred any material liability or obligation, direct or contingent, nor entered into any material transaction in each case not in the ordinary course of business; (ii) the Company has not purchased any of its outstanding capital stock other than unvested shares from former employees, directors or consultants nor declared, paid or otherwise made any dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock other than ordinary and customary dividends; and (iii) there has not been any material change in the capital stock, short-term debt or long-term debt of the Company, except in each case as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(m) There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the Company's knowledge, threatened to which the Company is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required.

(n) The Company has all necessary consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal, state, local and other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, to own, lease, license and use its properties and assets and to conduct its business in the manner described in the Prospectus, except to the extent that the failure to obtain or file would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(o) Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 or Rule 462 under the Securities Act, complied as to form when so filed in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

(p) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(q) There is no owner of any securities of the Company who has any rights, not effectively satisfied or waived, to require registration of any shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement or the sale of any shares thereunder.

-3-

(r) The Company is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which it is engaged; the Company has not been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not materially and adversely affect the condition, financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business or operations of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(s) The Company (i) is in compliance with any and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (ii) has received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of it under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct its business and (iii) is in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(t) To the best of the Company's knowledge, costs and liabilities associated with its compliance with Environmental Laws as currently in effect (including, without limitation, any capital or operating expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third parties) would not, singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

(u) The Company owns or possesses adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, technology and know-how necessary (in any material respect) to conduct its business in the manner described in the Prospectus, the Company is not obligated to pay a royalty, grant a license, or provide other consideration to any third party in connection with its patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, or technology other than pursuant to agreements with Baxter Healthcare Corporation ("Baxter"), the Auckland Division Cancer Society of New Zealand, Inc., Miles Inc. and Diamond Scientific Corporation, and as disclosed in the Prospectus, and, except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has not received any notice of infringement or conflict with (and the Company does not know of any infringement or conflict with) asserted rights of others with respect to any patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, technology or know-how which could reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse effect upon the Company and, except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the discoveries, inventions, products or processes of the Company referred to in the Prospectus do not, to the best knowledge of the Company, infringe or conflict with any right or patent of any third party, or any discovery, invention, product or process which is the subject of a patent application filed by any third party, known to the Company which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company. Other than Baxter and the U.S. Government as summarized in the Prospectus under the caption "Research Grants," no third party, including any academic or governmental organization, possesses rights to the Company's patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, or technology which, if exercised, could enable such third party to develop products competitive to those of the Company or could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to conduct its business in the manner described in the Prospectus.

(v) The Company possesses all consents, approvals, orders, certificates, authorizations and permits issued by and has made all declarations and filings with, all appropriate federal, state or foreign governmental or self-regulatory authorities and all courts and other tribunals necessary to conduct its business and to own, lease, license and use its properties in the manner described in the Prospectus, and the Company has not received any

-4-

notice of proceedings related to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authorization or permit which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, or failure to obtain or file would result in a material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company, except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

(w) The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

(x) No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company exists, except as described in or contemplated by the Prospectus, or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is imminent; and the Company is not aware of any existing, threatened or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, manufacturers or contractors that could result in any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company.

(y) All outstanding shares of Common Stock, and all securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, with the exception of ______ shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, are subject to valid, binding and enforceable agreements (collectively, the "Lock-up Agreements") that restrict the holders thereof from (1) offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right, or warrant for the purchase of, or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) entering into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, otherwise than (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, (ii) by will or intestacy to the holder's immediate family or to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the holder and/or a member or members of the holder's immediate family, (iii) as a distribution to limited partners or shareholders of the holder, or (iv) with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated; proved that a gift, transfer or distribution pursuant to clause
(i), (ii) or (iii) above shall be conditioned upon such donee, transferee or distributee executing and delivering a copy of a Lock-up Agreement to Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and further that such holders will not make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus.

(z) The Company (i) has entered into enforceable agreements (collectively, the "Option Agreements") with each holder of a currently outstanding option issued under the Company's 1992 Stock Option Plan (restated as the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan) (the "Option Plan") and each person who has acquired shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any option granted under the Option Plan that pursuant to the terms of the Option Agreements and the Option Plan, none of such options or shares may be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of for a period of 180 days after the date of the initial public offering of the Shares, (ii) has entered into that certain Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated April 1, 1996 (the "Rights Agreement") pursuant to which each party thereto has agreed not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Common Stock of the Company for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the initial public offering

-5-

(other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound), and (iii) has imposed or will impose prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement a stop-transfer instruction with the Company's transfer agent in order to enforce the foregoing lock-up provisions imposed pursuant to the Rights Agreement, the Option Agreements and the Option Plan to the same extent as is required in the Lock-up Agreements.

(aa) As of the date the Registration Statement becomes effective, the Common Stock will be authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market upon official notice of issuance.

(bb) The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes (Chapter 92-198, Laws of Florida), relating to issuers doing business with Cuba.

II.

The Company hereby agrees to sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company the respective number of Firm Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter at $_____ a share (the purchase price).

On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Underwriters the Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a one-time right to purchase, severally and not jointly, up to 300,000 Additional Shares at the purchase price. Additional Shares may be purchased as provided in Article IV hereof solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares. If any Additional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or (2) enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, other than (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) any shares of Common Stock sold by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or other right to acquire shares of the Company or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof described in the Prospectus or any shares of Common Stock sold by the Company to Baxter upon achievement of certain milestones pursuant to the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement as described in the Prospectus, (iii) any options or other rights to purchase or acquire any shares of Common Stock or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such options or other rights granted in connection with any compensatory arrangement with a director, officer, employee, consultant or advisor, so long as such person is otherwise subject to a Lock-Up Agreement, or (iv) any shares of Common Stock or other right to acquire shares of the Company issued pursuant to equipment or lease financing activities entered into in the ordinary course of the Company's business, so long as each person or entity acquiring shares of Common Stock or any

-6-

securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock is otherwise subject to a Lock-Up Agreement.

III.

The Company is advised by you that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have become effective as in your judgment is advisable. The Company is further advised by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $_____ a share (the public offering price) and to certain dealers selected by you at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $_____ a share under the public offering price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession, not in excess of $_____ a share, to any Underwriter or to certain other dealers.

IV.

Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Firm Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, at 7:00 a.m., local time, on __________ __, 1997, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not later than __________ __, 1997, as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of each such payment are hereinafter referred to as the Closing Date.

Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made to the Company in Federal or other funds immediately available in New York City against delivery of such Additional Shares for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, at 7:00 a.m., local time, on such date (which may be the same as the Closing Date but shall in no event be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than ten business days after the giving of the notice hereinafter referred to) as shall be designated in a written notice from you to the Company of your determination, on behalf of the Underwriters, to purchase a number, specified in said notice, of Additional Shares, or on such other date, in any event not later than __________ __, 1997 as shall be designated in writing by you. The time and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "Option Closing Date". The notice of the determination to exercise the option to purchase Additional Shares and of the Option Closing Date may be given at any time within 30 days after the date of this Agreement.

Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be in definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you shall request in writing not later than two full business days prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The certificates evidencing the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid, against payment of the purchase price therefor.

V.

The obligations of the Company and the several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than the date hereof.

The several obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the following further conditions:

-7-

(a) Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date:

(i) there shall not have occurred any downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating accorded any of the Company's securities by any "nationally recognized statistical rating organization," as such term is defined for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, and

(ii) there shall not have occurred any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations, of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the Registration Statement that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

(b) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of the Company, to the effect set forth in clause (a)(i) above, and to the effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before the Closing Date.

The officers signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the best of their knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

(c) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Cooley Godward LLP, counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that

(i) the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the corporate power and authority to own its property and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in California and, to the knowledge of such counsel, in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company;

(ii) to such counsel's knowledge the Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly, any interest in any other corporation, association, or other business entity;

(iii) the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects as to legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus under the caption "Description of Capital Stock;"

(iv) the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized and are validly issued, non-assessable and fully paid;

(v) the Shares to be sold by the Company have been duly authorized, and, when issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly issued and non-assessable, and to such counsel's knowledge, fully paid, and the issuance of such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive rights, or, to such counsel's knowledge, rights of first refusal or similar rights;

-8-

(vi) the Company has corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver to the Underwriters the Shares to be issued and sold by the Company. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company;

(vii) the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene any provision of applicable law, other than the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and jurisdictions, or the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or, to such counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company that is material to the Company, taken as a whole, or, to such counsel's knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company, and no consent, approval, authorization or order of or qualification with any governmental body or governmental agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as have been obtained under the Securities Act or may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states and jurisdictions in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;

(viii) the statements (1) in the Prospectus under the captions "Business -- Alliance with Baxter" describing the Platelet Agreement, the Red Cell/Plasma Agreement, the interim research funding agreements with Baxter and the Series E Stock Purchase Agreement, "Business -- Equity Incentive Plans" describing the Incentive Plan and the Purchase Plan, the fourth paragraph of "Certain Transactions" describing the Transfer Agreement with HRI, "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and (2) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and 15, in each case insofar as such statements constitute summaries of the legal conclusions or documents or proceedings referred to therein, fairly present the information called for under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Rules") with respect to such legal conclusions, documents and proceedings and fairly summarize the matters referred to therein required under the Securities Act and Rules;

(ix) to such counsel's knowledge there is no legal, regulatory or governmental proceeding pending or threatened to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the Company is subject that are required by the Securities Act and Rules to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so described or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required;

(x) the Company is not an "investment company" as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(xi) to the knowledge of such counsel, there is no legal or beneficial owner of any securities of the Company who has any rights, not effectively satisfied or waived, to require registration of any shares of capital stock of the Company in connection with the filing of the Registration Statement;

(xii) to the knowledge of such counsel: (1) the Registration Statement has become effective under the Securities Act, no stop order proceedings with respect thereto have been instituted or are pending or threatened under the Securities Act and nothing has come to such counsel's attention to lead it to believe that such proceedings are threatened; and (2) any required filing of the Prospectus and any supplement thereto pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act has been made in the manner and within the time period required by such Rule 424(b);

-9-

(xiii) the Shares to be sold under this Agreement to the Underwriters are duly authorized for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market; and

(xiv) such counsel shall also state that (i) they believe that the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (except for financial statements and schedules, other financial data and statistical data derived therefrom, as to which they need express no belief) complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and (ii) they confirm that they have no reason to believe that (except for financial statements and schedules, other financial data and statistical data derived therefrom, as to which they need express no belief) the Registration Statement as of its effective date, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that (except for financial statements and schedules, other financial data and statistical data derived therefrom, as to which they need express no belief) the Prospectus, as of the date of the Prospectus and such date or dates as such opinion is delivered, contained or contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(d) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the Closing Date, covering the matters referred to in subparagraphs (v), the last sentence of subparagraph (vi), (viii) (but only as to the statements in the Prospectus under "Description of Capital Stock"), stating that such counsel has read the first four paragraphs and the sixth paragraph of the portion of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Underwriters" (the "Underwriter Portion") and (xiv) of paragraph (c) above and to the effect that the statements in the Underwriter Portion, insofar as such statements constitute a summary of this Agreement, fairly present the information called for with respect to such Agreement.

(e) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Medlen and Carroll, intellectual property counsel for the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) such counsel represents the Company in certain matters relating to intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets and certain trademark matters;

(ii) such counsel is familiar with the technology used by the Company in its business and the manner of its use and has read the portions of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Risk Factors -- Patent and License Uncertainties," "Risk Factors -- Risk of Product Liability" and "Business -- Patents, Licenses, and Proprietary Rights" (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Portion");

(iii) the Intellectual Property Portion contains accurate descriptions of the Company's patent applications, issued and allowed patents, and patents licensed to the Company and fairly summarizes the legal matters, documents and proceedings relating thereto;

(iv) based upon a review of the third party rights made known to counsel and discussions with Company scientific personnel, such counsel is not aware of any valid United States or foreign patent, including but not limited to those patents numbered __________, ___________ and ________ (which includes certain patents assigned to Johnson & Johnson which were the subject of a letter to Baxter, dated ____________), that is or would be infringed by the activities of the Company in the manufacture, use or sale of any presently proposed product, the technologies employed by the Company or the method of their use in any presently proposed product, each as described in the Prospectus;

-10-

(v) such counsel has reviewed United States Patent Number 5,399,719 and the claims made therein (the "719 Patent"), which 719 Patent is owned by the Company, and we are familiar with the S-59 compound developed by the Company and described in the Prospectus. To such counsel's knowledge, the S-59 compound falls within the composition of matter claims of the 719 Patent;

(vi) such counsel has reviewed the Company's patent applications filed in the United States and outside the United States (the "Applications") and which Applications are described in the Intellectual Property Portion and in the opinion of such counsel the Applications have been properly prepared and filed on behalf of the Company, and are being diligently pursued by the Company; the inventions described in the Applications are assigned or licensed to the Company; to such counsel's knowledge, no other entity or individual has any right or claim in any of the inventions, Applications, or any patent to be issued therefrom, and in such counsel's opinion each of the Applications discloses patentable subject matter;

(vii) such counsel is aware of no pending or threatened judicial or governmental proceedings relating to patents or proprietary information to which the Company is a party or of which any property of the Company is subject and such counsel is not aware of any pending or threatened action, suit or claim by others that the Company is infringing or otherwise violating any patent rights of others, based upon review of the Applications such counsel is not aware of any rights of third parties to any of the Company's inventions described in the Applications, issued, approved or licensed patents which could reasonably be expected to materially affect the ability of the Company to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, including the commercialization of its products currently under development; and

(viii) such counsel has no reason to believe that the information contained in the Intellectual Property Portion of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus at the time it became effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that, at the Closing Date, the information contained in the Intellectual Property Portion of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Intellectual Property Portion of the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(f) You shall have received on the Closing Date an opinion of Buc & Beardsley, special regulatory counsel to the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

(i) in connection with this offering, such counsel represents the Company in certain matters relating to the United States Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the "FFDC Act"), the Public Health Service Act (the "PHSA") and related government regulatory matters;

(ii) such counsel has read the portions of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus entitled "Risk Factors -- Government Regulation," "Business -- Government Regulation" and "Business -- Health Care Reimbursement and Reform" (the "Regulatory Portion"), and in such counsel's opinion, the Regulatory Portion, insofar as such statements constitute descriptions of the FFDC Act and the PHSA, regulations are fair and accurate summaries of such federal statutes, laws or regulations, are accurate and complete in all material respects; and

(iii) such counsel has no reason to believe that the information contained in the Regulatory Portion of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus at the time it became effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make

-11-

the statements therein not misleading or that, at the Closing Date, the information contained in the Regulatory Portion of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Regulatory Portion of the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

With respect to subparagraph (xiv) of paragraph (c) above, Cooley Godward LLP and Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, may state that their opinion and belief are based upon their participation in the preparation of the Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without independent check or verification except as specified.

The opinion of Cooley Godward LLP described in paragraph (c) above, the opinion of Medlen and Carroll described in paragraph (e) above and the opinion of Buc & Beardsley described in paragraph (f) above shall each be rendered to you at the request of the Company, and shall so state therein.

(g) You shall have received, on each of the date hereof and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date, as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to you, from Ernst & Young LLP, independent public accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

(h) The Lock-up Agreements, as well as all other "lock-up" agreements imposed by the Option Agreements and the Rights Agreement between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of the Company relating to sales of shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date.

(i) The shares of Common Stock of the Company shall have received approval for listing, upon official notice of issuance, on the Nasdaq National Market.

(j) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of paragraph
(a) of Section VI hereof with respect to the furnishing of Prospectuses on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as you may reasonably request.

(k) Simultaneously with the Closing of the sale of the Firm Shares Baxter shall have purchased the shares of Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the Baxter Private Placement as defined and described in the Prospectus.

All the agreements, opinions, certificates and letters mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed in compliance with the provisions hereof only if Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters, shall be reasonably satisfied that they comply in form and scope.

The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the Option Closing Date of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional Shares, other matters related to the issuance of the Additional Shares and an opinion or opinions of Cooley Godward LLP, Medlen and Carroll and Buc & Beardsley in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters.

-12-

VI.

In further consideration of the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company covenants as follows:

(a) To furnish to you, without charge, three (3) signed copies of the Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement (without exhibits thereto) and, during the period mentioned in paragraph (c) below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request. In the case of the Prospectus, to furnish copies of the Prospectus in New York City, prior to 5:00
p.m., on the business day following the date of this Agreement, in such quantities as you reasonably request.

(b) Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement and to file no such proposed amendment or supplement to which you reasonably object.

(c) If, during such period after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in the opinion of your counsel, it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will comply with law.

(d) To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably request and to pay all expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) in connection with such qualification and in connection with any review of the offering of the Shares by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

(e) To make generally available to the Company's security holders and to you as soon as practicable an earnings statement covering the twelve-month period ending December 31, 1997 that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the Rules (including Rule 158).

(f) During a period of three years from the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Company will furnish to you copies of (i) all reports to its stockholders and (ii) all reports, financial statements and proxy or information statements filed by the Company with the Commission or any national securities exchange.

(g) The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Shares substantially as set forth under in "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.

-13-

(h) The Company will use its best efforts to obtain and its reasonable best efforts maintain in effect the quotation of the Shares on the Nasdaq National Market and will take all necessary steps to cause the Shares to be included on the Nasdaq National Market as promptly as practicable and to maintain such inclusion for a period of three years after the date hereof or until such earlier date as the Shares shall be listed for regular trading privileges on the Nasdaq National Market or another national securities exchange or trading system approved by you, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(i) The Company will file with the Commission such reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 under the Securities Act.

(j) The Company will comply with all registration, filing and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), which may from time to time be applicable to the Company.

(k) The Company will comply with all provisions of all undertakings contained in the Registration Statement, Part II, Item 17.

(l) Prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the Company will not, directly or indirectly, issue any press release or other public communication directly or indirectly and will not hold any press conference with respect to the Company, or its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, assets or prospects, or this offering, without your prior written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld).

(m) If at any time during the 25-day period after the Registration Statement becomes effective any rumor, publication or event relating to or affecting the Company shall occur as a result of which in your opinion the market price for the Stock has been or is likely to be materially affected (regardless of whether such rumor, publication or event necessitates a supplement to or amendment of the Prospectus), the Company will, after written notice from you advising the Company to the effect set forth above, forthwith prepare, consult with you concerning the substance of, and disseminate a press release or other public statement, reasonably satisfactory to you and the Company, responding to or commenting on such rumor, publication or event.

(n) The Company agrees: (i) to enforce the terms of the lock-up agreements contained in the Option Agreements and the Rights Agreement to the same extent as required in the Lock-up Agreements, (ii) issue stop-transfer instructions to the transfer agent for the Common Stock with respect to any transaction or contemplated transaction that would constitute a breach of or default under the applicable Lock-up Agreement, the Rights Agreement, or any agreement executed pursuant to either Option Plan, and (iii) upon written request of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, to release from the Lock-up Agreements, or the lock-up agreements contained in the Rights Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to either Option Plan those shares of Common Stock held by those holders set forth in such request. In addition, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, the Company agrees
(i) not to amend or terminate, or waive any right under, any Lock-up Agreement, the Rights Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to either Option Plan or take any other action that would directly or indirectly have the same effect as an amendment or termination, or waiver of any right under, any Lock-up Agreement, the Rights Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to either Option Plan that would permit any holder of shares of Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, make any short sale of, grant any option, right, or warrant for the purchase of, enter into any swap or similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of Common Stock, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,

-14-

directly or indirectly, any of such shares of Common Stock or other securities prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (ii) not to release any such stop-transfer instruction as described in (ii) above prior to the expiration of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, and (iii) not to consent to any sale, short sale, grant of an option for the purchase of, or other disposition or transfer of shares of Common Stock, or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, subject to a Lock-up Agreement, the Rights Agreement or any agreement executed pursuant to either Option Plan.

(o) The Company will place a restrictive legend on any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise, after the date hereof and prior to the expiration of the 180-day period after the date of the initial public offering of the Shares, of any option granted under either of the Option Plans or pursuant to the exercise of any warrant, which legend shall restrict the transfer of such shares prior to the expiration of such 180-day period. In addition, the Company agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, it will not release any stockholder, option holder or warrant holder from the market standoff provision imposed by the Company pursuant to the terms of either Option Plan, the Rights Agreement or earlier than 180 days after the date of the initial public offering of the Shares.

VII.

The Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, all expenses incident to (i) the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement (including all exhibits thereto) and the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, (ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the Shares, including any transfer taxes payable in connection with the transfer and sale of the Shares to the Underwriters, (iii) the fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel and accountants, (iv) the qualification of the Shares under state securities or Blue Sky laws in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of Article VI hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of any Blue Sky or Legal Investment Memoranda, (v) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters, in quantities as hereinabove stated, of copies of the Registration Statement (including all exhibits thereto) and all amendments thereto and of each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of this Agreement or any Blue Sky or Legal Investment Memoranda, (vii) the filing fees and expenses, if any, incurred with respect to any filing with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., made in connection with the offering of the Shares, (viii) any expenses incurred by the Company in connection with a "road show" presentation to potential investors and (ix) the listing of the Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market.

VIII.

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or is under common control with, or is controlled by, any Underwriter, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state

-15-

therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein; provided, however, that the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter or any person controlling such Underwriter, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased Shares, if a copy of the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto) was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Underwriter to such person, if required by law so to have been delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the Shares to such person, and if the Prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto.

In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to any of the two preceding paragraphs, such person (the "Indemnified Party") shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnity may be sought (the "Indemnifying Party") in writing and the Indemnifying Party, upon request of the Indemnified Party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party to represent the Indemnified Party and any others the Indemnifying Party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Party unless (i) the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any Indemnified Party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for (a) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and (b) the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for the Company, its directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such
Section , and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. In the case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons of Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. In the case of any such separate firm for the Company, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any

-16-

settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Party shall have requested by certified mail addressed to an Indemnifying Party to reimburse the Indemnified Party for the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the Indemnifying Party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such Indemnifying Party of the aforesaid request and (ii) such Indemnifying Party shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. No Indemnifying Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

If the indemnification provided for in the first or second paragraph of this Article VIII is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each Indemnifying Party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Indemnifying Party or parties on the one hand and the Indemnified Party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party or parties on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Article VIII are several in proportion to the respective number of Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Article VIII were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article VIII, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such

-17-

Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The remedies provided for in this Article VIII are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Party at law or in equity.

The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Article VIII and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person controlling any Underwriter, or the Company, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of the Shares.

IX.

This Agreement shall be subject to termination by notice given by you to the Company, if (a) after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any over-the-counter market, (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities in New York shall have been declared by either Federal or New York State authorities, or
(iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis that, in your sole judgment, is material and adverse and (b) in the case of any of the events specified in clauses (a)(i) through (iv), such event singly or together with any other such event makes it, in your sole judgment, impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

X.

This Agreement shall become effective upon execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares that it or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; provided, however, that in no event shall the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to Article II be increased pursuant to this Article X by an amount in excess of one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such Underwriter. If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares and the aggregate number of Shares with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, and arrangements satisfactory to you and the Company for the purchase of such Shares are not made within 36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall

-18-

terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company. In any such case either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, but in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if any, in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company to comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or because for any reason the Company shall be unable to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

This Agreement may be signed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

-19-

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,

Cerus Corporation

By

Stephen T. Isaacs, President and Chief Executive Officer

Accepted, __________ __, 1997

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated

Acting severally on behalf of themselves and the several Underwriters named herein.

By: Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

By
Katina Dorton,
Vice President

-20-

SCHEDULE I

                                                    NUMBER OF FIRM SHARES
                 UNDERWRITER                           TO BE PURCHASED
- ------------------------------------------------    ---------------------

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated...............
Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated.................

                                                     -------------------
                           Total................


                                                     -------------------


EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CERUS DELAWARE CORPORATION

Stephen T. Isaacs and Lori L. Roll hereby certify that:

ONE: They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Cerus Delaware Corporation, a Delaware Corporation, incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 31, 1996.

TWO: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of said corporation shall be amended and restated to read in full as follows:

I.

The name of this Corporation is Cerus Delaware Corporation.

II.

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 15 East North Street, City of Dover, County of Kent, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

III.

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IV.

A. This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, "Common Stock" and "Preferred Stock." The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is fifty-five million (55,000,000) shares. Fifty million (50,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001). Five million (5,000,000) shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-tenth of one cent ($.001).

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby authorized, by filing a certificate (a "Preferred Stock Designation") pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, to fix or alter from time to time the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock, and to establish from time to time the number of shares constituting any such series or any of them; and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

1.


B. Seven Hundred Sixty-One Thousand Seventy-Nine (761,079) of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated "Series A Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred"), Three Hundred Five Thousand Four Hundred Sixty-One (305,461) shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated "Series B Preferred Stock" (the "Series B Preferred"), One Million One Hundred Forty-Seven Thousand Four Hundred Forty-Nine (1,147,449) shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated "Series C Preferred Stock" (the "Series C Preferred"), Six Hundred Five Thousand (605,000) shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated Series D Preferred Stock (the "Series D Preferred") and Three Hundred Eighty Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-Three (380,953) shares of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated "Series E Preferred Stock" (the "Series E Preferred").

C. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred and the Series E Preferred (hereinafter the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred and the Series E Preferred shall be referred to collectively as the "Preferred Stock") are as follows:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS.

a. Holders of Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of any Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of $0.46 per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred, $0.61 per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred, $0.96 per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred, $1.26 per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred and $1.89 per annum on each outstanding share of Series E Preferred. Such dividends shall be non-cumulative, and no right shall accrue to the holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared or paid in any prior year.

b. So long as any shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, no dividend, whether in cash or property, shall be paid or declared, nor shall any other distribution be made, on any Common Stock, nor shall any shares of any class of stock of the Company be purchased, redeemed, or otherwise acquired for value by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, unless a corresponding dividend, distribution or redemption has been or is simultaneously declared or made on the Preferred Stock and all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of outstanding Preferred Stock shall have been paid or a sum sufficient for the payment thereof shall have been reserved therefor. The provisions of this Section 1(b) shall not, however, apply to (i) a dividend payable solely in stock, (ii) the acquisition of shares of any Common Stock in exchange for shares of any Common Stock, (iii) the repurchase of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary that are subject to restrictive stock purchase agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment; or (iv) any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by not less than four members of the Company's

2.


Board of Directors. The holders of the Preferred Stock expressly waive their rights, if any, as described in California Corporations Code Sections 503 and 506 as they relate to repurchase of shares upon termination of employment.

c. Subject to the foregoing and to any further limitations set forth herein, the Board of Directors may declare, out of any funds legally available therefor, dividends upon the then outstanding shares of any Common Stock; provided, however, that if any cash dividend or other distribution is declared by the Board of Directors to be paid on the Common Stock, then an additional dividend shall be paid at the same time to the holders of the outstanding Preferred Stock at a rate per share (based upon the number of shares of Common Stock into which the outstanding Preferred Stock is convertible) equal to the rate at which cash dividends or other distributions are paid or granted with respect to the Common Stock.

2. VOTING RIGHTS.

a. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the shares of the Preferred Stock shall be voted equally with the shares of the Common Stock of the Company and not as a separate class, at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of the Company, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock, in either case upon the following basis:
each holder of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to such number of votes as shall be equal to the whole number of shares of Common Stock into which such holder's aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock are convertible (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent.

b. In addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Preferred Stock voting together as a separate class, voting in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting, or by a vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions:

(1) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Determination), that affects adversely the voting powers, preferences, or other special rights or qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of the Preferred Stock;

(2) Any creation of or any increase, whether by reclassification or otherwise, in the authorized amount of any class or series of equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or prior to, or convertible or exercisable into a class or series ranking on a parity with or prior to, the Preferred Stock in right of liquidation preference, voting or dividends;

(3) Any agreement to encumber (except in connection with a financing in the ordinary course of business for other than equity financing purposes), sell,

3.


lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets, property or business of the Company, or to merge or consolidate the Company with any person, or permit any other person to merge into it, or any other reorganization, transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the holders of the Company's outstanding voting securities immediately preceding such merger, consolidation or other transaction or series of transactions fail to hold equity securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or other transaction or series of transactions;

(4) Any voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Company (as defined in Section 3(c) hereof); and

(5) Any redemption of, or payment of dividends with respect to, Common Stock, other than a repurchase of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any contractual or other legal rights of first refusal upon termination of employment or a consulting arrangement or repurchase in settlement of shareholder disputes; provided that this subparagraph (v) shall not apply to any redemption of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 4 hereof, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by not less than four members of the Company's Board of Directors.

3. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS.

a. Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, before any distribution or payment of the assets of the Company shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company an amount equal to the sum of (i) $3.85 plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of such payment for each share of Series A Preferred outstanding, (ii) $5.075 plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of such payment for each share of Series B Preferred outstanding, (iii) $8.00 plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of such payment for each share of Series C Preferred outstanding, (iv) $10.50 plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of such payment for each share of Series D Preferred outstanding, and (v) $15.75 plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares to the date of such payment for each share of Series E Preferred outstanding, respectively. If, upon any liquidation, distribution, or winding up, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full under this Section 3(a) to all holders of Preferred Stock, then such assets shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full stated amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled under this Section 3(a).

b. After the payment of the full liquidation preference of the Preferred Stock as set forth in Section 3(a) above, the holders of the Common Stock and the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred shall receive the remaining assets on a pro rata basis (as if the shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred had been converted to shares of Common Stock as of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company);

4.


provided, however, that the aggregate distributions made to the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series D Preferred pursuant to Section 3(a) and this Section 3(b) shall not exceed $15.40 per share of Series A Preferred, $20.30 per share for each share of Series B Preferred, $32.00 per share for each share of Series C Preferred, and $31.50 per share for each share of Series D Preferred, respectively. Holders of series of Preferred Stock created after the creation of the Series D Preferred will be entitled to the full liquidation preference set forth in Section 3(a) above or to convert their shares as provided in Section 5 below. Upon conversion of shares as provided in Section 5, the holders of the Common Stock arising from such converted shares will be entitled to receive such remaining assets on a pro rata basis without being subject to the limitations set forth above in this
Section 3(b).

c. The following events shall be considered a liquidation, dissolution or winding up under this Section 3:

(1) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization or other transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, reorganization or other transaction or series of transactions fail to hold equity securities representing a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity immediately following such consolidation, merger or reorganization or any transaction or series of related transactions; or

(2) a sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

d. Any securities to be delivered to the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock pursuant to a transaction treated as a liquidation shall be valued as follows:

(1) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

(i) If traded on a national securities exchange or the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NMS"), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security's closing prices on such exchange or the NMS over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing;

(ii) If traded over-the-counter (but not on the NMS), the value shall be deemed to be the average of the mean of the closing bid and ask prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing; or

(iii) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders

5.


of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

(2) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Sections 3(e)(i)(1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

4. REDEMPTION.

The Company shall not have any right to require redemption of the Preferred Stock, nor shall any holder of Preferred Stock be entitled to require redemption of Preferred Stock.

5. CONVERSION RIGHTS.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock:

a. OPTIONAL CONVERSION. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of the Preferred Stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying, as the case may be, the "Series A Conversion Rate," the "Series B Conversion Rate," the "Series C Conversion Rate," the "Series D Conversion Rate," or the "Series E Conversion Rate" then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred being converted.

b. SERIES A, SERIES B, SERIES C, SERIES D AND SERIES E CONVERSION RATES. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred (the "Series A Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing $3.85 by the "Series A Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section 5(c), the conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred (the "Series B Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing $5.075 by the "Series B Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section 5(c), the conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series C Preferred (the "Series C Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing $8.00 by the "Series C Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section 5(c), the conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series D Preferred (the "Series D Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing $10.50 by the "Series D Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section 5(c), and the conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series E Preferred (the "Series E

6.


Conversion Rate") shall be the quotient obtained by dividing $15.75 by the "Series E Conversion Price," calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

c. CONVERSION PRICE. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred shall initially be $3.85 (the "Series A Conversion Price"), the conversion price of the Series B Preferred shall initially be $5.075 (the "Series B Conversion Price"), the conversion price of the Series C Preferred shall initially be $8.00 (the "Series C Conversion Price"), the conversion price of the Series D Preferred shall initially be $10.50 (the "Series D Conversion Price") and the conversion price of the Series E Preferred shall initially be $15.75 (the "Series E Conversion Price"). Such initial Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Conversion Price herein shall mean the Conversion Price as so adjusted. As used hereinafter, the term "Conversion Price" shall refer to the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, or the Series E Preferred, as applicable.

d. MECHANICS OF CONVERSION. Each holder of Preferred Stock who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares and the series of Preferred Stock being converted and the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock's fair market value determined by the Board of Directors as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date. If the conversion is in connection with the underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriter of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

e. ADJUSTMENT FOR STOCK SPLITS AND COMBINATIONS. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the date that the first share of Preferred Stock is issued (the "Original Issue Date") fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred

7.


in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the split, subdivision or combination becomes effective.

f. ADJUSTMENT FOR COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock, in each such event the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred that is then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such record date is fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to each such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction
(i) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution; provided, however, that if such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock.

g. ADJUSTMENTS FOR OTHER DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date makes or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Company other than shares of Common Stock, in each such event for purposes of this subsection 5(g), provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of other securities of the Company which they would have received had their Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred been converted into Common Stock as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Company entitled to receive such distribution and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred or with respect to such other securities by their terms.

8.


h. ADJUSTMENT FOR RECLASSIFICATION, EXCHANGE AND SUBSTITUTION. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend or a reorganization, merger, consolidation or sale of assets provided for elsewhere in this Section 5 or in Section 3), in any such event each holder of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to or as of such recapitalization, reclassification or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred after such recapitalization, reclassification or change to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

i. REORGANIZATIONS, MERGERS, CONSOLIDATIONS OR SALES OF ASSETS. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, there is a capital reorganization of the Common Stock (other than a recapitalization, subdivision, combination, reclassification, exchange or substitution of shares provided for elsewhere in this Section 5 or in Section
3), as a part of such capital reorganization, provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Company or otherwise to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such capital reorganization, subject to adjustment in respect of such stock or securities by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

9.


j. SALE OF SHARES BELOW CONVERSION PRICE.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this subsection (j) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined), other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock as provided in Section 5(f) above, and other than a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock as provided in
Section 5(e) above, for an Effective Price (as hereinafter defined) less than the then effective Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred, then and in each such case the then existing Conversion Price for each such series of Preferred Stock for which the Effective Price is less than the Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price for such series by a fraction (1) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined in the following sentence) at the close of business on the day preceding the date of such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received (as defined in subsection (j)(ii)) by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price, and (2) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as defined below) at the close of business on the date of such issue. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, all outstanding shares of Common Stock and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred or upon exercise of warrants (excluding any warrants as to which the exercise price then exceeds the Effective Price for such Additional Shares of Common Stock) and conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred subject to such warrants that are outstanding as of the close of business on the day preceding the date of issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed outstanding.

(ii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(j), the consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities shall (1) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by the Company after deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale but without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (2) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, and (3) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as hereinafter defined) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

10.


(iii) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(j), if the Company issues or sells any rights or options for the purchase of, or stock or other securities then convertible into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as "Convertible Securities") and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to any series of Preferred Stock, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities, plus, in the case of such rights or options, the amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options, plus, in the case of Convertible Securities, the amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) upon the conversion thereof; provided further that if the amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such amount of consideration is reduced; provided further that if the amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise or conversion of such rights, options or Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of the Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred.

(iv) "Additional Shares of Common Stock" shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company, whether or not subsequently reacquired or

11.


retired by the Company, other than (1) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred; (2) shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants and other rights) issued or to be issued to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements not to exceed an aggregate of 600,000 shares of Common Stock as such number may be increased from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors with the approval of at least four members of the Company's Board of Directors; (3) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date; (4) shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants, preferred stock or other common stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants, preferred stock or other rights) issued in connection with leasing arrangements not to exceed an aggregate of 200,000 shares of Common Stock (and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights, and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights) as such number may be increased from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors with the approval of at least four members of the Company's Board of Directors; and (5) shares of Common Stock issued as a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses. The "Effective Price" of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this
Section 5(j), into the aggregate consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(j), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

k. ACCOUNTANTS' CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTMENT. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred, if the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred at the holder's address as shown in the Company's books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Conversion Price with respect to such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred.

12.


l. AUTOMATIC CONVERSION.

(i) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Conversion Price with respect to such share; at any time (1) more than two-third of the shares of Preferred Stock authorized and issued and outstanding have converted into Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5, or (2) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the per share price is at least $13.13, appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock combinations, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like, and the gross cash proceeds to the Company, less underwriting discounts, commissions and fees, are at least $10,000,000.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of the event specified in paragraph (i) above, the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series E Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and the Company shall promptly pay in cash or, at the option of the Company, Common Stock (at the Common Stock's fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), or, at the option of the Company, both, all declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock being converted, to and including the date of such conversion.

m. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional share shall be issued upon conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued for each Preferred Stock certificate shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share. The Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the fair market value of such fraction on the date of conversion (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors).

13.


n. RESERVATION OF STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

o. OTHER ADJUSTMENTS. No adjustment of the Conversion Price for the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of 3 years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward. Except to the limited extent provided for in subsections
5(j)(iii), no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to subsection 5(j) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

p. NOTICES. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 to be given to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock shall be deemed given upon the earlier of actual receipt or seventy-two (72) hours after the same has been deposited in the United States mail, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or first class mail postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

q. PAYMENT OF TAXES. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

r. NO DILUTION OR IMPAIRMENT. The Company shall not amend its Articles of Incorporation or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment.

14.


6. NOTICES OF RECORD.

a. Upon any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or upon any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any transfer of all or substantially all the assets of the Company to any other person, or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, or any shareholders' meeting to approve the terms thereof, the Company shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to the record date specified therein a notice specifying (i) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (ii) the date on which any such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date of the shareholders meeting to approve the terms thereof, if applicable, (iii) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and (iv) the material terms thereof.

7. NO REISSUANCE OF PREFERRED STOCK. No share or shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, or Series E Preferred acquired by the Corporation by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued. The Articles of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to reflect the consequent valuation in the Company's authorized capital stock.

V.

A. The following is applicable to the Common Stock:

1. DIVIDEND RIGHTS. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Company legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

2. LIQUIDATION RIGHTS. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be distributed as provided in Section 3, Division C of Article III hereof.

3. REDEMPTION. The Common Stock is not redeemable.

4. VOTING RIGHTS. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any shareholders' meeting in

15.


accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A.

1. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

2. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the "Initial Public Offering"), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be entered for a full-term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the

16.


directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B.

1. Subject to paragraph (h) of Section 43 of the Bylaws, the Bylaws may be altered or amended or new Bylaws adopted by the affirmative vote of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors (the "Voting Stock"). The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend, or repeal Bylaws.

2. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws and following the closing of the Initial Public Offering no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.

4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

VII.

A. A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

B. Any repeal or modification of this Article VII shall be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article VII in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

17.


VIII.

A. The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles VI, VII and VIII.

**************

THREE: The foregoing amendment and restatement has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of said corporation.

FOUR: The foregoing amendment and restatement of this Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware by the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation. The total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote or act by written consent was one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock. A majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock approved this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation by Written Consent in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and written notice of such was given by the Corporation in accordance with said
Section 228.

18.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Cerus Delaware Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President and Secretary in Concord, California, this ___ day of January, 1997.


Stephen T. Isaacs President


Lori L. Roll Secretary

The undersigned certify under penalty of perjury that they have read the foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and they know the contents thereof, and that the statements therein are true. Executed at Concord, California, on January ___, 1997.


Stephen T. Isaacs President


Lori L. Roll

Secretary


                                                                   EXHIBIT 4.2

                                                           THIS CERTIFICATE IS
                                                           TRANSFERABLE IN THE
                                                           CITY OF NEW YORK OR
                                                           IN MINNEAPOLIS, MN

COMMON STOCK
   NUMBER                                            COMMON STOCK
    CERS                     CERUS CORPORATION          SHARES

                             INCORPORATED            SEE REVERSE FOR
                             UNDER THE LAWS OF       CERTAIN
                             THE STATE OF            DEFINITIONS AND A
                             DELAWARE                STATEMENT AS TO
                                                     THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS,
                                                     PREFERENCES,
                                                     RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHTS OF
                                                     SHARES
                                      CUSIP


         THIS CERTIFIES THAT

is the record owner of

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK,
$0.001 PAR VALUE, OF

CERUS CORPORATION

transferable on the books of the Corporation by the registered holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.

In Witness Whereof the Corporation has caused this certificate to be signed in facsimile by its authorized officers and its facsimile seal to be affixed.

Dated:

SECRETARY PRESIDENT

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE


CERUS CORPORATION

The Corporation is authorized to issue Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Company has the authority to fix the number of shares and the designations of Preferred Stock and to determine or amend the preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any unissued shares of Preferred Stock.

The Corporation shall furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock of the Corporation or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights so far as the same shall have been fixed, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to designate and fix any preferences, rights and limitations of any wholly unissued series. Such requests shall be made to the Corporation's Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -  as tenants in common
TEN ENT -  as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN -   as Joint tenants with right of
           survivorship and not as tenants
           in common

 UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -             _________Custodian____________________________
                                 (Cust)                                 (Minor)
                                 under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                                 Act___________________________________________
                                             (State)
 UNIF TRF MIN ACT -              _________Custodian (until age_________________)
                                 (Cust)
                                 ________________________under Uniform Transfer
                                 (Minor)
                                 to Minors Act_________________________________
                                                 (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, _________________________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
/ /

PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS OF ASSIGNEE



Shares of the capital stock represented by the within certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated______________________


                                           X____________________________________

                                           X____________________________________
                                  NOTICE.           THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS
                                                    ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
                                                    WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
                                                    UPON THE FACE OF THE
                                                    CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
                                                    PARTICULAR,    WITHOUT
                                                    ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR
                                                    ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

SIGNATURE GUARANTEED:

______________________________

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

KEEP THIS CERTIFICATE IN A SAFE PLACE. IF IT IS LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED, THE CORPORATION MAY REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.


[COOLEY GODWARD LLP LETTERHEAD]

Exhibit 5.1

January 8, 1997

Cerus Corporation
2525 Stanwell Drive, Suite 300
Concord, CA 94520

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion with respect to certain matters in connection with the filing by Cerus Corporation (the "Company") of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 2,300,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Common Stock").

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon the Registration Statement and related Prospectus, the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws, and the originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below, (ii) assumed that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, as set forth in Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement, will have been duly approved and filed with the office of the Delaware Secretary of State and (iii) assumed that the shares of Common Stock will be sold by the Underwriters at a price established by the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Common Stock, when sold and issued in accordance with the Registration Statement and related Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

COOLEY GODWARD LLP

By: /s/ Howard G. Ervin
    ______________________________

        Howard G. Ervin


EXHIBIT 10.24

FIRST AMENDMENT TO COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This First Amendment to Common Stock Purchase Agreement ("Amendment") is entered into as of the 9th day of December, 1996, by and between Cerus Corporation (formerly known as Steritech, Inc.), a California corporation ("Cerus"), and Baxter Healthcare Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Purchaser").

WHEREAS, Cerus and Purchaser are parties to a Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 3, 1996 (the "Original Agreement");

WHEREAS, the Registration Statement (as defined in the Original Agreement) has not yet become effective and Baxter desires that its termination rights be modified in light of this fact and in consideration of not exercising its rights under Section 7.14 of the Original Agreement;

AND WHEREAS, Cerus and Purchaser wish to amend the Original Agreement accordingly;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth Cerus and Purchaser agree that the following amendment shall be made to the Original Agreement, effective as of the date given above:

1. Section 7.14 of the Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

7.14 TERMINATION. If the Registration Statement for the IPO has not become effective before or on February 14, 1997, Purchaser in its sole discretion may elect to terminate this Agreement by providing written notice to the Company not later than February 21, 1997. These rights of termination are in addition to those rights provided Purchaser under Section 5 of this Agreement. In no event will Purchaser be liable to the Company for any expenses incurred in connection with the Registration Statement or the IPO. If the Registration Statement never becomes effective (either because the offering is withdrawn or otherwise), however, and the Company files a new registration statement for an initial public offering, the rights provided Purchaser under Section 4.2(b) of the Baxter Agreement shall be reinstated and shall apply to such offering pursuant to Section 4.2(b) of the Baxter Agreement.

2. The phrase "this Agreement" as it appears in the Original Agreement or this Amendment shall be deemed to refer to the Original Agreement, as modified by this Amendment.

3. Except as modified by this Amendment, the terms of the Original Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

4. This Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

CERUS CORPORATION
2525 Stanwell Drive
Concord, California 94520

By: /s/ Stephen T. Isaacs
    -----------------------
      Stephen T. Isaacs

Title: President
       --------------------

Date:  December 9, 1996
       --------------------

BAXTER HEALTHCARE CORPORATION

One Baxter Parkway
Deerfield, Illinois 60015

By: /s/ Timothy B. Anderson
    -----------------------
     Timothy B. Anderson

Title: Group Vice President
       --------------------

Date:  December 9, 1996

       --------------------


EXHIBIT 10.25

M E M O R A N D U M

TO:            KIM BUSH

FROM:          DAVID CLAYTON

DATE:          JANUARY 3, 1997

CC:            DAN BISCHOF, BRIAN SCHOEN, STEVE ISAACS

RE:            1997 PROJECT BUDGETS

During a series of meetings from September to December 1996 to discuss the 1997 project budgets for platelets, FFP and red cells, we identified the need to fund the projects at levels higher than had been anticipated when Baxter Fenwal submitted its budget for 1997, and we determined to proceed as described below:

1. The budgets for 1997 to be submitted to the project management committees are approximately [*] for the platelet program, [*] for the FFP program, and [*] for the red cell program - a total of approximately [*]. These budget amounts are on a "net G&A" basis,
i.e., general and administrative expenses (G&A) will be charged against each project budget only to the extent one party's G&A exceeds the G&A of the other party.

2. The parties reaffirm that each party will fund 50% of the approved project budgets. To the extent that actual expenditures are less than the approved budget for 1997, the balance will carry over and be expended by the parties in 1998 without reducing either party's obligation with respect to the 1998 budget (with similar carryover to future years, if applicable). The parties anticipate that R&D funding beyond 1997 will continue at 50% per partner.

3. Baxter and Cerus intend that the three projects proceed on the schedules underlying the budget amounts described above. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as approval of the budgets to be presented to the management board. The budgets for each of the platelet, FFP and red cell programs must be separately approved in accordance with the provisions of the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 and the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated April 1, 1996.

4. Section 3.12 of the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 is amended to provide that the reconciliation of expenditures and balancing payment provided for in that section will take place at the end of each calendar year, in addition to the reconciliation provided for upon Regulatory Approval in the United States. The first such reconciliation and balancing payment will be made in 1998 for expenditures through the end of 1997.

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

1.


5. Section 3.11 of the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 is amended to delete the last three sentences.
Section 3.11 shall hereafter read as follows:

BUDGET CONTINGENCIES. If a Benchmark is not completed within the budget for such Benchmark, upon the recommendation of the Project Committee, and subject to the approval of the Management Board, the Management Board shall set a new budget for completion of such Benchmark. Unless the Management Committee shall determine otherwise, Steritech and Baxter will each fund one-half of the amount needed to complete such Benchmark.

6. The mutual changes as set forth above are conditioned on the closing of Cerus' initial public offering in the first quarter of 1997. If Cerus does not complete the initial public offering by the end of the first quarter of 1997, this agreement will have no effect and the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 will remain in effect unaltered by this supplemental agreement.

Please indicate your concurrence that this memorandum accurately summarizes our agreement by signing and returning a copy to me.

/s/ David S. Clayton                        /s/ Kim Bush
________________________                    ____________________________________
David S. Clayton, CFO                       Kim Bush, President, Fenwal Division
Cerus Corporation                           Baxter Healthcare Corporation

2.


EXHIBIT 10.26
MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

At our meeting on December 10, 1996 Cerus agreed to buy and Baxter agreed to sell a 2.2% share in "Revenue Sharing Participation" of the platelet program. The points of agreement are set forth below for your review and concurrence, as an Amendment to the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993.

1. In consideration for Cerus' increase of 2.2% in "Revenue Sharing Participation," as described in paragraph 2 below, Cerus will pay to Baxter $5.5 million. The $5.5 million will be due and payable in quarterly installments with the first installment due within 15 days of Cerus' receipt of the proceeds from the initial public offering and the remaining installments due April 1st (or at the time of payment the first installment, if later), July 1st and October 1st of 1997. This agreement does not change the other aspects of the December 10, 1993 Agreement and the parties reaffirm their intention of each firm to continue funding 50% of the R&D expense.

2. Under this agreement, Section 7.1 of the December 10, 1993 Agreement regarding the "Revenue Sharing Payments" is amended to provide that the quarterly payments by Baxter to Cerus will be 28.2% of the Premium during the relevant calendar quarter, rather than 26% of the Premium.

Section 7.2 of the December 10, 1993 Agreement regarding "Exception to Revenue Sharing Payments of 7.1" is amended to provide that Cerus will receive additional Revenue Sharing Payments beyond those set forth in Section 7.2 equal to 2.2% of the Premium.

3. Nothing in this agreement shall be construed as approval of the budgets to be presented to the management board. The budgets for each of the platelet, FFP and red cell programs must be separately approved in accordance with the provisions of the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 and the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated April 1, 1996.

4. The mutual changes as set forth above are conditioned on the closing of Cerus' initial public offering in the first quarter of 1997. If Cerus does not complete the initial public offering by the end of the first quarter of 1997, this agreement will have no effect and the Development, Manufacturing and Marketing Agreement dated December 10, 1993 will remain in effect unaltered by this supplemental agreement.

Please indicate your concurrence that this memorandum accurately summarizes our agreement by signing and returning a copy to me. This agreement will be effective January 3, 1997.

 /s/ David S. Clayton                        /s/ Kim Bush
- -----------------------------               ------------------------------------
David S. Clayton, CFO                       Kim Bush, President, Fenwal Division
Cerus Corporation                           Baxter Healthcare Corporation


EXHIBIT 10.27

RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT, REDUCTION TO PRACTICE
AND MANUFACTURING CONTRACT

THIS CONTRACT is made and entered as of the 1st day of October, 1996, (the "Effective Date") by and between Cerus Corporation, having a place of business at 2525 Stanwell Drive, Suite 300, Concord, California 94520 (hereinafter "CLIENT"), and [*] having a place of business at [*], (hereinafter "[*]").

WHEREAS, CLIENT is engaged in the discovery and development of pharmaceutical products; and

WHEREAS, [*] is engaged in chemical research, synthesis, scale-up and bulk manufacturing for the pharmaceutical industry in accordance with FDA standards; and

WHEREAS, CLIENT proposes to retain [*] to analyze, assess and develop the process to manufacture Steritech Compound S-303 described in the process description attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Process") and to manufacture such compound for CLIENT pursuant to such process.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED THAT THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO THE SERVICES AND THE MATERIALS SUPPLIED BY [*]:

1. Services

The services to be performed hereunder ("Project"), as well as the applicable rates for research and prices for manufactured material, plus estimated budgets therefor, are described in attachments to this Contract, signed by duly authorized officers of each party, numbered sequentially and amendable only by a document similarly executed ("Project Description"). Each Project shall be subject to and deemed a part of this Contract. Promptly upon joint execution of this Contract and a Project Description, and receipt of the agreed deposit, [*] shall proceed with the work specified in the Project Description, and, if agreed, meet any product specifications contained therein.

2. Specific Duties of [*] for each Project

A. To the extent relevant to a particular Project, unless otherwise specified in the Project Description, [*] will:

1) Perform its services in accordance with applicable FDA and other governmental regulations;

2) Develop a scalable process for synthesis of the compound(s) specified in the Exhibit;

3) Develop an analytical method to measure the purity of such compound(s);

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested


4) Provide a certificate of analysis with respect to such compound(s) when produced;

5) Provide a report to CLIENT describing research procedures used and results obtained;

6) Respond to all reasonable requests of CLIENT for information pursuant to this Agreement; and

7) Retain experimental records and laboratory notebooks relating to the Project for a period of ten (10) years or such longer period as may be agreed upon; and

8) Make applicable [*] facilities, equipment, contracts and documentation available for inspection by CLIENT or its designated auditor, subject to its execution of an appropriate confidentiality agreement, with respect to a specific Project, at dates and times that are mutually agreed upon.

3. Specific Duties of CLIENT for the Project

A. Unless otherwise specified in the Project Description, CLIENT will:

1) Provide to [*] all reasonably appropriate and readily available information available to CLIENT with respect to the preparation and analysis of compound(s) specified in the Project Descriptions;

2) Provide intermediates to [*] when appropriate for chemical process development studies;

3) Respond to all reasonable requests of [*] for information in the possession of CLIENT that is required by [*] for the performance of [*] duties under this Contract; and

4) Make payments as herein required.

4. Compensation

A. Deposit. Promptly upon execution of a particular Project Description CLIENT shall pay [*] the Deposit for the Project, which will be twenty-five percent (25%) of the estimated direct labor budget or of the total purchase price, in the case of manufacturing Projects, unless otherwise agreed. The Deposit shall be credited proportionately against each invoice payable hereunder in accordance with the percentage of the Project then completed.

B. Advance Payment for Materials. Materials for the Project will be purchased on consignment for CLIENT'S account and payment therefor must be received by [*] before it will order such materials. Such payment shall include a handling charge of 8% of

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

-2-

material to be purchased;

C. Invoices. Unless otherwise agreed, CLIENT shall pay[*], not later than thirty days from the issuance thereof, invoices rendered to CLIENT by [*] for the following items. In the event any payment is not made on time, [*] shall be entitled, among its other rights, to cease work upon ten (10) days written notice to CLIENT and stop deliveries until such payment is made.

1) Manufacturing Charges. Charges at agreed purchase prices for manufactured material/products as shipped;

2) Research Charges. Work performed on the Project by [*] (i) for the execution of work under this Contract and (ii) for any work requested by the FDA or other governmental authority or investigator on its behalf pertaining to a Project shall be charged at the rate specified in the Project Description.

3) Waste. Waste disposal charges allocable to the Project at cost plus 8% handling;

4) Travel. Expenses for travel incurred by [*] personnel in connection with the Project. Travel over $1000 will require CLIENT approval.

5) Expendables and supplies directly related or used in this Project. Expenditures over $1000 will require CLIENT approval.

6) Special equipment and glassware. Expenditures over $1000 will require CLIENT approval.

7) Extraordinary expenses (e.g., additional manpower allocation) if
(i) authorized by CLIENT or (ii) required by a regulating agency or pursuant to a court order.

8) Expenses for personnel time, travel, legal fees and other expenses incurred at the request of CLIENT in patent matters, litigation and regulatory matters.

9) Costs incurred by [*] for outside consultants or other third parties approved by CLIENT.

10) Other costs for services related to this Contract, including but not limited to costs incurred by [*] for freight and outside chemical and analytical services shall be reimbursed by CLIENT as incurred. Expenditures over $1000 will require CLIENT approval.

D. Audit. CLIENT's auditors, subject to normal obligations of confidentiality, may audit the books and records of [*] to the extent necessary to verify charges hereunder

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

-3-

during normal business hours on the premises of [*] at CLIENT's expense. Such audit may be performed as frequently as once per year during the term of this Contract.

E. Late Payments. In addition to its other rights, [*] shall be entitled to interest at the rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month on any payment which is not made when due.

5. Manufacturing Warranty.

[*] WARRANTS THAT ALL MATERIALS MANUFACTURED BY IT COMPLY WITH AGREED

SPECIFICATIONS BUT MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO MATERIALS OF ANY KIND SUPPLIED TO CLIENT HEREUNDER, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND [*] WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR OTHER DAMAGES EXCEPT THAT [*] SHALL, AT ITS OPTION, REPLACE OR REFUND THE PRICE PAID FOR ANY PRODUCTS OR MATERIALS DETERMINED NOT TO MEET AGREED SPECIFICATIONS.

6. Indemnity.

A. Client's Responsibility. As to materials of any kind manufactured by [*] or otherwise supplied to CLIENT hereunder, it is understood and agreed that (1) the specifications for such materials are the responsibility of CLIENT; (2) [*] has no responsibility for establishing the safety or efficacy of any such material for any particular use; and (3) CLIENT shall be solely responsible for compliance of such products and materials with all legal requirements, including but not limited to applicable requirements as to safety and efficacy. CLIENT shall indemnify, hold harmless and make whole [*], its directors, officers and employees, and any legal entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with [*], from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, claims, demands or causes of action of every kind and character arising out of claims by any third party (including, without limitation, employees, affiliates or agents of CLIENT) with respect to services or materials supplied to CLIENT by [*] pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent such damages, costs, expenses, claims, demands or causes of action arise solely from CLIENT's negligence.

B. [*] Responsibility. [*] shall indemnify, hold harmless and make whole CLIENT, its directors, officers and employees, and any legal entity controlling, controlled or under common control with CLIENT, from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, claims, demands or causes of action of every kind and character arising out of claims by any third party (including, without limitation, employees, affiliates or agents of CLIENT pursuant to this Agreement, to the extent such damages, costs, expenses, claims, demands or causes of action arise solely from [*] negligence.

C. Insurance. Each party shall maintain adequate product liability insurance to

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

-4-

support its indemnity hereunder.

7. Confidentiality.

Except as otherwise provided herein, each party may provide to the other certain Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) belonging to it, without conveying any interest or right therein to the recipient, and without making any Confidential Information public or common knowledge;

A. Confidential Information. For purposes of this Contract, the term "Confidential Information" shall mean any of the following:

1) Any information, including, but not limited to, chemical material, biological material, know-how, data, processes, techniques, algorithms, programs, designs, drawings, formulas or test data relating to any research project, work-in process, future development, engineering, manufacturing, marketing, business plan, servicing, financial or personnel matter, present or future consultants, investors or business, whether in oral, written, graphic, electronic or physical form (hereinafter called "Information"); and

2) Any Information disclosed to a party by any third party which the recipient is obligated to treat as confidential or proprietary; and

3) Any Information based upon or derived directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, from Information disclosed by either party, including but not limited to, any observation concerning any aspect of such Information, but only to the extent that the derived Information inherently embodies or discloses the disclosed Information.

B. Nondisclosure of Confidential Information. The recipient of Confidential Information agrees that during a period of five (5) years from the date of such receipt, it will not at any time disclose to any person or use for its own benefit or the benefit of anyone other than the other party any such Confidential Information without the prior express written consent of the party from whom it was obtained; provided, however, that the foregoing obligation shall not apply to any such Confidential Information which:

1) is now, or which hereafter, through no act or failure to act on the part of the recipient, becomes generally known or available;

2) is known by the recipient at the time of receiving such Confidential Information;

3) is hereafter legitimately furnished to the recipient by a third party; or

4) the recipient can prove was independently developed by it or its parent, affiliate or subsidiary companies, without use or knowledge of such Confidential

-5-

Information.

C. Disclosure of Confidential Information to Employees and Agents. Each party shall be entitled to consult its employees and agents for the purpose of evaluating the Confidential Information received under this Agreement, so long as such employees and agents are enforceably obligated to comply with such party's obligations under this Agreement.

D. Return of Documents and Property. Upon termination of this Contract, each party shall promptly deliver to the other all Confidential Information and other property belonging to the other party which such party shall have in its possession or under its control, except as the other party shall, by prior express written permission, allow such party to retain. However, this paragraph shall not apply to production records and laboratory notebooks kept in the ordinary course of business.

8. Ownership of Inventions

Unless otherwise agreed, any invention or trade secret and any materials, documents, programs or synthesis information belonging to CLIENT and supplied to [*] by CLIENT pursuant to this Contract shall remain the property of CLIENT.

[*] hereby assigns to CLIENT all right, title and interest in and to all inventions it makes with respect to the process to manufacture S-303 as described in the Process (and all proprietary rights with respect thereto) including, but not limited to, methods of compound synthesis, scale-up and purification and recognizes that all information arising from its work on the process to manufacture S-303 as described in the Process, shall be made available to CLIENT.

9. Miscellaneous

A. This Contract represents the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No modification of the provisions of this Contract shall be effective unless in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of [*] and CLIENT. Any purchase orders issued by CLIENT shall be subject to this provision.

B. Neither party shall have the right to assign this Contract or any of the rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party, except that each party may assign all of its rights and obligations hereunder to a third party of at least equal financial responsibility as part of an acquisition of all the business of such assigning party by such third party.

C. If any provision hereof shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such determination shall not affect the validity of the other provisions of the Contract.

D. This Contract shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without regard to any principle of law referring to the laws of other jurisdictions.

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

-6-

E. The waiver by either party or the failure by either party to claim a breach of any provision of this Contract shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver or estoppel with respect to any subsequent breach of any provision hereof.

F. Any dispute between the parties arising out of or concerning this Contract will be submitted to binding arbitration in Chicago, Illinois, in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association, with costs borne equally by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract as of the date first above written.

CERUS CORPORATION [*]

By:          /s/ Steve Isaacs                    By:       /s/  [*]
       -----------------------------                    ------------------------

Title: Steve Isaacs, President & CEO             Title:    [*]    , President
       -----------------------------                    ------------------------

Date:             10/1/96                        Date:       Sept. 25, 1996
       -----------------------------                    ------------------------

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested

-7-

EXHIBIT A

Cerus Corporation Compound S-303 (and salts thereof)

[*]

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested


PROJECT DESCRIPTION ONE

   Reduction to Practice and Preparation of non-GMP S-303-HC1 from S-301-HC1
            (Provided by Cerus) for Range Finding Toxicology Studies

Overall, [*] will attempt to do the following tasks using a synthetic
scheme provided by Cerus.

Scope of Tasks

1.  Transfer pertinent analytical methods and initiate at [*].
2.  Do one run following a synthetic scheme provided by Cerus (initial
    reduction to practice) noting and recording significant observations.
3.  Do one or two runs at an approximate [*] to [*] scale (working scale-up)
    to study and show feasibility at a larger scale. Some process improvement
    will be attempted, by mutual agreement, at this scale and may include:
    increased loading. Reference standards will be taken.
4.  Do one or two runs at a development scale designed to produce agreed upon
    quantities (non-GMP) of the designated compound.
5.  Develop and deliver progress reports every two weeks.
6.  Do agreed quality control analysis on material and generate a certificate
    of analysis.
7.  Ship material to Cerus or designate as directed.
8.  Provide process and analytical data for material supplied to Cerus or
    designate.
9.  Ship to Cerus all significant quantities of S-303 prepared that are not
    required by [*].

General Analytical Methods (subject to change)

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compound or Intermediate        Methods (parentheses indicate data taken for
                                information only)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 S-301                          HPLC, IR, (NMR)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 S-302                          HPLC, IR, (NMR)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                HPLC, NMR, IR, (Elemental: C,H,N,Cl;
 S-303                          Solvents by GC)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional Process Improvements to be Attempted (as appropriate and agreed)

- - Reduce recrystallization solvent volume where possible (increase loading)

- - Reduce [*] volume if possible.

- - Improve recrystallization procedure for S-302.

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested


Cerus Will Provide [*] With:

* Samples of compounds and intermediates (S-301, S-302, S-303)
* Known degradants and impurities as they are identified and isolated. Such compounds may include: [*], [*] and a [*] of S-301
* HPLC analytical method
* UV spectra of selected compounds
* A starting synthetic scheme for S-303
* Updated synthetic and analytical information as it becomes available
* Sufficient supply of S-301 HCL to meet the needs of [*] to complete the scope of tasks

Communications:

* Cerus and [*] will have a set-up meeting at a site mutually agreed upon to initiate the project
* Principal contacts for technical and business matters will be [*] and [*] respectively
* [*] shall be the principal contact for technical and business matters at Cerus Corporation.
* [*] personnel will be available during normal business hours by telephone and fax to support this project. Conference calls may be conducted as agreed upon.
* Cerus may request process summaries and analytical data be provided on an as needed basis.

Budget Management

[*] will monitor and report to Cerus project progress regarding effort and budget spent to date. Agreed upon budget will not be exceeded unless previously approved by Cerus.

Estimated cost and Timeline for Project Description One

[*] estimates the budget approval necessary (excluding material and waste disposal costs) to do the work in Project Description One at approximately [*] @
[*] plus materials (material and waste disposal costs carry an 8% handling fee). Estimated time to completion is approximately [*] to [*] calendar [*] form starting.

By: /s/ [*]                             By: /s/ Stephen T. Isaacs
    ---------------------------             -------------------------

Title: President                        Title: President & CEO
       ------------------------                ----------------------

Date:  Sept. 26, 1996                   Date:  10/1/96
       ------------------------                -----------------------

[*] Confidential Treatment Requested


EXHIBIT 11.1

CERUS CORPORATION

STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF NET LOSS PER SHARE
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

                                               DECEMBER 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                  ---------------------------------------   -------------------------
                                     1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Net loss........................  $(3,515,466)  $(1,800,089)  $(2,360,321)  $(3,591,876)  $(7,117,293)
                                  ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Shares used in net loss per
  share computation:
  Weighted average shares of
     common stock outstanding...    1,490,580     1,443,942     1,416,355     1,415,841     1,418,712
  Shares related to Staff
     Accounting Bulletin Topic
     4D:
     Common stock(1)............      485,247       485,247       485,247       485,247       485,247
     Common stock options(2)....      265,426       265,426       265,426       265,426       265,426
     Preferred stock(3).........      560,001       560,001       560,001       560,001       560,001
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                    1,310,674     1,310,674     1,310,674     1,310,674     1,310,674
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Shares used in net loss per
  share computation.............    2,801,254     2,754,616     2,727,029     2,726,515     2,729,386
                                  ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Net loss per share..............  $     (1.25)  $     (0.65)  $     (0.87)  $     (1.32)  $     (2.61)
                                  ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
Calculation of shares
  outstanding for computing pro
  forma net loss per share:
  Shares used in computing
     historical net loss per
     share (from above):........                                2,727,029                   2,729,386
  Adjustment to reflect the
     effect of the assumed
     conversion of convertible
     preferred stock from the
     date of issuance(4):.......                                3,506,213                   3,852,242
                                                              -----------                 -----------
Shares used in computing pro
  forma net loss per share......                                6,233,242                   6,581,628
                                                              ===========                 ===========
Pro forma net loss per share....                              $     (0.38)                $     (1.08)
                                                              ===========                 ===========


(1) Net additional outstanding shares assuming common shares issued after July 31, 1995 were issued and outstanding in all prior periods and the proceeds were applied to repurchase shares at the estimated initial public offering price per share.

(2) Net additional outstanding shares from stock options granted after July 31, 1995 assuming exercise of options and repurchase of shares at the estimated initial public offering price per share.

(3) Series E preferred stock issued in April 1996 and July 1996 (convertible into common stock) and assumes shares are outstanding in all prior periods.

(4) Preferred stock issued before July 31, 1995 (convertible into common

stock).


EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the reference to our firm under the captions "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 3, 1996 (except Note 7, as to which the date is January , 1997), in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-11341) and related Prospectus of Cerus Corporation for the registration of 2,300,000 shares of its common stock.

Ernst & Young, LLP

Walnut Creek, California

The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the completion of the stock split as described in Note 7 to the financial statements.

                                                /s/ ERNST & YOUNG, LLP


Walnut Creek, California

January 7, 1997


ARTICLE 5
RESTATED:
MULTIPLIER: 1
CURRENCY: U.S. DOLLARS


PERIOD TYPE YEAR YEAR YEAR 9 MOS 9 MOS
FISCAL YEAR END DEC 31 1993 DEC 31 1994 DEC 31 1995 DEC 31 1995 DEC 31 1996
PERIOD START JAN 01 1993 JAN 01 1994 JAN 01 1995 JAN 01 1995 JAN 01 1996
PERIOD END DEC 31 1993 DEC 31 1994 DEC 31 1995 SEP 30 1995 SEP 30 1996
EXCHANGE RATE 1 1 1 1 1
CASH 0 7,802,275 9,659,017 0 9,476,492
SECURITIES 0 0 0 0 0
RECEIVABLES 0 0 0 0 0
ALLOWANCES 0 0 0 0 0
INVENTORY 0 0 0 0 0
CURRENT ASSETS 0 313,603 258,583 0 289,167
PP&E 0 1,745,264 1,949,247 0 2,310,338
DEPRECIATION 0 (356,720) (686,427) 0 (1,035,374)
TOTAL ASSETS 0 9,684,295 11,348,849 0 11,769,460
CURRENT LIABILITIES 0 2,250,782 2,654,203 0 3,801,893
BONDS 0 0 0 0 0
PREFERRED MANDATORY 0 0 0 0 0
PREFERRED 0 2,092 2,621 0 3,002
COMMON 0 1,413 1,418 0 1,907
OTHER SE 0 5,435,693 8,658,600 0 7,855,629
TOTAL LIABILITY AND EQUITY 0 9,684,295 11,348,849 0 11,769,460
SALES 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL REVENUES 230,000 4,796,348 6,798,935 3,663,429 3,066,850
CGS 0 0 0 0 0
TOTAL COSTS 0 0 0 0 0
OTHER EXPENSES 3,695,351 6,874,101 9,642,463 7,598,721 10,539,941
LOSS PROVISION 0 0 0 0 0
INTEREST EXPENSE 76,001 43,017 16,821 12,644 13,131
INCOME PRETAX (3,515,466) (1,800,089) (2,360,321) (3,591,876) (7,117,293)
INCOME TAX 0 0 0 0 0
INCOME CONTINUING 0 0 0 0 0
DISCONTINUED 0 0 0 0 0
EXTRAORDINARY 0 0 0 0 0
CHANGES 0 0 0 0 0
NET INCOME (3,515,466) (1,800,089) (2,360,321) (3,591,876) (7,117,293)
EPS PRIMARY 0 0 (0.38) 0 (1.08)
EPS DILUTED 0 0 0 0 0